1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
59 #include "xml-syscall.h"
60 #include "parser-defs.h"
61 #include "gdb_regex.h"
63 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
64 #include "continuations.h"
68 #include "dummy-frame.h"
72 /* readline include files */
73 #include "readline/readline.h"
74 #include "readline/history.h"
76 /* readline defines this. */
79 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
80 #include "extension.h"
82 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
83 enum exception_event_kind
90 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
92 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
94 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
96 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
98 static void disable_command (char *, int);
100 static void enable_command (char *, int);
102 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
106 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
108 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
110 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
112 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
113 struct linespec_result
*,
117 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
118 struct linespec_result
*,
119 char *, char *, enum bptype
,
120 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
122 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
123 int, int, int, unsigned);
125 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*, char **,
126 struct symtabs_and_lines
*);
128 static void clear_command (char *, int);
130 static void catch_command (char *, int);
132 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
134 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
136 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
138 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
140 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
141 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
142 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
144 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
146 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
147 struct symtab_and_line
,
149 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
151 static struct breakpoint
*
152 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
154 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
157 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
159 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
163 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
164 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
165 struct obj_section
*, int);
167 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
168 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
170 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
171 struct address_space
*aspace
,
174 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
176 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
178 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
179 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
181 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
183 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
185 static void commands_command (char *, int);
187 static void condition_command (char *, int);
196 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
197 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
199 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
201 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
203 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
205 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
207 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
209 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
211 int *other_type_used
);
213 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
215 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
217 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
220 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
222 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
224 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
226 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
228 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
229 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
230 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
232 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
234 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
235 insert locations now. */
236 enum ugll_insert_mode
238 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
239 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
240 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
241 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
242 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
243 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
244 returns true on them.
246 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
247 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
248 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
249 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
250 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
251 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
255 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
256 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
259 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
260 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
261 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
262 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
263 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
264 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
265 as no thread is running yet. */
269 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
271 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
273 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
275 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
277 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
279 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
281 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
283 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
285 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
287 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
289 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
291 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
293 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
295 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
298 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
300 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
302 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
;
304 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
305 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
306 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
307 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
309 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
310 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
312 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
313 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
315 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
316 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
318 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
320 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
322 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
323 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
325 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
326 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
328 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
329 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
330 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
331 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
332 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
333 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
335 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
336 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
337 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
338 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
344 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
346 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
347 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
348 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
349 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
351 static char *dprintf_function
= "";
353 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
354 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
355 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
356 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
357 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
358 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
359 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
361 static char *dprintf_channel
= "";
363 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
365 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
367 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
368 breakpoints share a single command list. */
369 struct counted_command_line
371 /* The reference count. */
374 /* The command list. */
375 struct command_line
*commands
;
378 struct command_line
*
379 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
381 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
384 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
385 current breakpoint. */
387 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
390 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
392 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
393 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
395 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
397 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
400 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
401 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
402 if such is available. */
403 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
406 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
407 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
410 fprintf_filtered (file
,
411 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
412 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
416 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
417 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
418 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
419 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
420 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
422 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
423 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
426 fprintf_filtered (file
,
427 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
428 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
432 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
433 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
434 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
435 use hardware breakpoints. */
436 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
438 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
439 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
442 fprintf_filtered (file
,
443 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
447 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
448 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
449 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
450 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
451 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
452 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
453 processing user input. */
454 static int always_inserted_mode
= 0;
457 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
458 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
460 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
464 /* See breakpoint.h. */
467 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
469 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
471 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
472 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
473 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
476 else if (target_has_execution
)
478 if (always_inserted_mode
)
480 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
485 if (threads_are_executing ())
491 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
493 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
494 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
495 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
496 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
497 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
498 condition_evaluation_auto
,
499 condition_evaluation_host
,
500 condition_evaluation_target
,
504 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
505 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
507 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
508 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
509 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
511 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
512 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
513 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
517 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
519 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
521 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
522 return condition_evaluation_target
;
524 return condition_evaluation_host
;
530 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
533 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
535 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
538 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
542 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
544 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
546 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
549 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
551 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
552 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
554 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
555 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
557 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
558 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
560 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
561 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
562 current breakpoint. */
564 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
566 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
567 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
568 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
571 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
572 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
573 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
575 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
576 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
577 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
580 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
581 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
582 to where the loop should start from.
583 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
584 appropriate location to start with. */
586 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
587 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
588 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
590 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
591 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
594 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
596 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
597 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
598 if (is_tracepoint (B))
600 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
602 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
604 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
606 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
608 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
610 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
612 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
613 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
614 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
615 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
616 an address you need to read. */
618 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
620 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
621 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
622 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
623 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
624 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
626 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
628 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
629 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
631 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
633 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
635 static int breakpoint_count
;
637 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
638 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
639 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
640 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
641 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
643 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
645 static int tracepoint_count
;
647 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
648 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
649 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
651 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
653 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
655 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
658 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
661 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
663 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
664 breakpoint_count
= num
;
665 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
668 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
669 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
670 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
672 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
676 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
678 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
681 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
685 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
687 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
690 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
693 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
695 struct breakpoint
*b
;
701 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
702 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
704 static struct counted_command_line
*
705 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
707 struct counted_command_line
*result
708 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line
));
711 result
->commands
= commands
;
715 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
718 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
724 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
725 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
726 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
729 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
733 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
735 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
742 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
745 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
747 decref_counted_command_line (arg
);
750 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
753 static struct cleanup
*
754 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
756 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
760 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
761 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
764 get_breakpoint (int num
)
766 struct breakpoint
*b
;
769 if (b
->number
== num
)
777 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
778 evaluating conditions on its side. */
781 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
783 struct bp_location
*loc
;
785 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
786 evaluating conditions and if the user has
787 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
789 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
790 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
793 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
796 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
797 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
800 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
801 evaluating conditions on its side. */
804 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
806 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
807 evaluating conditions and if the user has
808 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
810 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
811 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
815 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
818 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
821 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
822 condition_evaluation_mode. */
825 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
826 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
828 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
830 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
831 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
833 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
834 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
835 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
839 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
840 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
842 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
843 settings was "auto". */
844 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
846 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
847 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
849 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
850 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
851 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
853 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
854 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
857 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
859 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
861 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
862 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
866 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
867 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
868 target knows about. */
869 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
870 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
871 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
875 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
881 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
882 what "auto" is translating to. */
885 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
886 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
888 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
889 fprintf_filtered (file
,
890 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
891 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
893 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
895 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
899 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
900 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
901 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
904 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
906 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
907 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
909 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
912 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
915 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
916 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
917 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
920 static struct bp_location
**
921 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
923 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
924 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
925 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
927 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
928 memset (&dummy_loc
, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location
));
929 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
931 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
932 locp_found
= bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_location
, bp_location_count
,
933 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
934 bp_location_compare_addrs
);
936 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
937 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
940 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
941 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
942 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_location
943 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
950 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *exp
,
953 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
954 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
956 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
958 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
965 struct bp_location
*loc
;
967 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
972 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
973 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
974 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
981 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
985 const char *arg
= exp
;
987 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
988 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
989 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
990 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
992 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
994 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
996 innermost_block
= NULL
;
998 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
1000 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1001 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
1005 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1007 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1011 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
1012 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
1014 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1018 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1020 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1023 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1025 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
1026 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
1027 const char *text
, const char *word
)
1031 text
= skip_spaces_const (text
);
1032 space
= skip_to_space_const (text
);
1036 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1037 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1041 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1042 if (isdigit (text
[1]))
1044 return complete_internalvar (&text
[1]);
1047 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1048 len
= strlen (text
);
1054 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
1056 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
1057 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr
, result
, xstrdup (number
));
1063 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1064 text
= skip_spaces_const (space
);
1065 return expression_completer (cmd
, text
, word
);
1068 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1071 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1073 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1078 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1081 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1083 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1086 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1088 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1089 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1090 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1091 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
1092 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
1094 if (extlang
!= NULL
)
1096 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1097 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1098 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
1100 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1102 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1103 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
1108 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1111 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1112 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1113 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1116 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1118 struct command_line
*c
;
1120 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1124 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1125 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1126 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1128 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1129 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1131 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1132 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1133 command directly. */
1134 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1135 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1137 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1138 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1142 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1145 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type
)
1147 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1148 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1149 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1153 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1155 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1158 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1159 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1163 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1164 struct command_line
*commands
)
1166 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1168 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1169 struct command_line
*c
;
1170 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1172 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1173 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1177 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1178 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1179 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1180 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1181 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1182 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1183 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1184 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1185 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1186 tracepoint's context. */
1187 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1189 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1191 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1192 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1193 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1194 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1195 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1196 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1199 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1200 "can be used only once"));
1205 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1209 struct command_line
*c2
;
1211 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1212 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1213 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1215 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1216 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1222 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1226 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1227 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1230 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1232 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1233 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1234 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1237 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1239 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1240 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1241 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1247 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1248 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1251 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1252 struct command_line
*commands
)
1254 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
1256 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1257 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
1258 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1261 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1262 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1266 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1268 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1271 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1272 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1275 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1276 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1279 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1281 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1284 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1285 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1288 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1289 breakpoint work for any task. */
1292 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1294 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1297 if (old_task
!= task
)
1298 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1302 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1304 struct breakpoint
*b
= closure
;
1306 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1309 /* A structure used to pass information through
1310 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1312 struct commands_info
1314 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1317 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1320 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1321 already-parsed command. */
1322 struct command_line
*control
;
1324 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1326 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1329 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1330 commands_command. */
1333 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1335 struct commands_info
*info
= data
;
1337 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1339 struct command_line
*l
;
1341 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1342 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1345 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1348 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1349 "%s, one per line."),
1352 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1354 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1357 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1360 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1363 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
1366 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1368 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1370 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1371 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1372 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1373 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1374 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1379 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1380 struct command_line
*control
)
1382 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1383 struct commands_info info
;
1385 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1386 info
.control
= control
;
1388 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1389 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1390 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1392 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1394 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1395 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1397 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1398 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1401 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1402 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1403 numbers will fail in this case. */
1408 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1410 arg
= xstrdup (arg
);
1413 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
1417 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1419 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1420 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1422 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1426 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1428 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1431 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1432 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1434 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1435 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1436 enum command_control_type
1437 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1439 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1440 return simple_control
;
1443 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1446 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1448 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1452 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1453 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1458 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1459 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1462 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1463 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1464 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1467 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1468 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1469 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1470 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1471 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1473 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1474 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1478 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1479 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1481 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1485 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1487 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1488 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1490 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1492 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1497 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1499 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1504 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1505 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1507 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1508 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1509 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1513 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1515 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1516 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1519 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1521 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1522 shadow_contents buffer. */
1523 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1524 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1525 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1527 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1529 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1530 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1534 const unsigned char *bp
;
1535 CORE_ADDR addr
= target_info
->reqstd_address
;
1538 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1539 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1540 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1542 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1544 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &placed_size
);
1546 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1547 breakpoint's INSN. */
1548 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1552 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1553 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1555 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1556 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1557 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1559 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1560 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1561 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1562 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1563 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1564 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1565 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1566 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1568 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1571 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1572 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1573 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1575 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1577 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1580 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1581 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1582 report higher one. */
1585 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1586 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1588 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1590 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1591 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1593 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1594 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1595 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1596 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1598 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1599 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1600 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1602 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1604 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1611 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1612 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1613 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1614 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1615 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1618 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1620 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1621 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1622 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1625 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1628 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1630 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1632 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1633 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1637 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1638 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1639 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1642 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1645 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1646 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1647 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1650 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1653 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1654 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1660 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1664 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1666 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1667 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1668 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1671 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1674 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1676 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1677 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1678 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1681 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1685 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1687 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1688 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1691 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1692 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1693 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1694 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1695 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1696 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1697 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1698 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1701 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1703 return (b
->base
.pspace
== current_program_space
1704 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1705 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1706 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1709 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1710 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1713 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1715 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1717 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1719 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1720 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1721 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1722 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1723 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1725 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1728 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1731 static struct value
*
1732 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1734 struct value
*bit_val
;
1739 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1741 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1744 value_contents_for_printing (val
),
1751 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1752 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1753 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1754 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1756 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1758 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1759 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1762 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1763 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1764 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1765 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1766 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1767 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1768 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1769 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1771 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1772 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1773 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1774 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1775 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1776 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1777 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1778 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1781 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1782 hardware watchpoints:
1784 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1785 called several times when GDB stops.
1788 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1789 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1790 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1791 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1792 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1793 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1794 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1795 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1796 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1797 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1798 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1800 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1801 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1804 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1806 int within_current_scope
;
1807 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1810 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1811 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1812 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1813 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1816 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1821 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1822 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1823 within_current_scope
= 1;
1826 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1827 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1828 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1830 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1831 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1832 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1833 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1836 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1837 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1838 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1839 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1842 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1844 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1845 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1846 if (within_current_scope
)
1850 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1851 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1852 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1855 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1864 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1865 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1866 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1867 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1868 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1869 be completely different objects. */
1870 value_free (b
->val
);
1874 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1875 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1876 locations (re)created below. */
1877 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1879 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1881 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1885 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1886 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1890 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1891 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1892 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1893 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1894 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1895 if (!target_has_execution
)
1897 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1898 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1899 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1900 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1902 if (b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1903 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1905 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1906 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1909 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1912 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1913 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1915 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, 0);
1917 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1918 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1919 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1920 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1921 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1923 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1925 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1927 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
1935 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1937 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1938 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1940 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1941 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1942 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1943 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1944 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1945 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1946 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1948 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1950 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1951 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1952 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1954 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1955 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1959 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1960 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
1962 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
1964 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1966 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
1967 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
1969 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1971 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
1972 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
1973 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
1974 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
1975 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
1978 addr
= value_address (v
);
1981 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
1986 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1988 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1991 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
1992 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1995 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1997 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1998 loc
->address
= addr
;
2002 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
2003 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
2006 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
2008 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
2013 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
2014 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
2015 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
2020 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
2021 struct bp_location
*bl
;
2023 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
2027 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
2030 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2031 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2032 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
2034 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2035 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2036 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2037 this watchpoint in as well. */
2039 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2040 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2041 hardware watchpoint type. */
2042 type
= b
->base
.type
;
2043 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
2044 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
2046 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2047 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2048 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2049 through watch_command), so always account for it
2052 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2053 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
2055 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2056 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
2059 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
2060 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
2062 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
2064 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
2065 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2066 "hardware watchpoint."));
2067 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
2068 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2069 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2071 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2072 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2076 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2077 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2078 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2080 b
->base
.type
= type
;
2083 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
2085 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
2086 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2087 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2089 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2090 "read/access watchpoint."));
2093 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2095 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
2096 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
2097 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
2098 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
2101 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
2103 next
= value_next (v
);
2108 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2109 above left it without any location set up. But,
2110 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2111 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2112 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
2114 struct breakpoint
*base
= &b
->base
;
2115 base
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (base
);
2116 base
->loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
2117 base
->loc
->address
= -1;
2118 base
->loc
->length
= -1;
2119 base
->loc
->watchpoint_type
= -1;
2122 else if (!within_current_scope
)
2124 printf_filtered (_("\
2125 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2126 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2128 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
2131 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2133 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
2137 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2138 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2139 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2140 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2141 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2143 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2145 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2148 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2151 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2154 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2157 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2158 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2159 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2160 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2161 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2162 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2163 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2164 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2165 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2168 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2170 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2171 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2172 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2177 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2178 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2179 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2180 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2185 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2186 instruction that triggered one. */
2187 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2188 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2192 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2193 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2194 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2195 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2204 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2205 that the location is not duplicated. */
2208 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2211 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2214 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2215 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2219 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2220 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2221 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2222 any error during parsing. */
2224 static struct agent_expr
*
2225 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2227 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2228 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2233 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2234 that may show up. */
2235 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2237 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2242 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2243 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2244 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2248 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2252 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2253 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2254 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2255 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2256 one of them is true. */
2259 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2261 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2262 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2263 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2264 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2266 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2267 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
);
2269 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2270 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2271 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2273 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2274 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2277 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2278 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2279 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2280 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2281 response back to GDB. */
2282 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2285 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2289 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2291 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2292 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2293 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2294 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2295 aexpr
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
, loc
->cond
);
2296 loc
->cond_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2298 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2299 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2305 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2306 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2307 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2309 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2315 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2316 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2317 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2319 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2320 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2321 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2323 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2326 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2328 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2330 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2333 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2334 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2339 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2340 for this location's address. */
2341 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2345 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2346 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2347 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2349 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2350 conditions to the target. */
2351 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
,
2352 loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2358 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2359 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2360 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2362 static struct agent_expr
*
2363 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2365 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2366 struct expression
*expr
, **argvec
;
2367 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2368 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2369 const char *cmdrest
;
2370 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2371 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2373 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2380 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2382 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2384 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2385 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2387 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2389 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2391 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2393 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2395 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2396 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2398 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2400 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2401 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2403 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2405 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2407 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2409 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2410 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2413 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2418 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2419 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
;
2421 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2425 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2426 that may show up. */
2427 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2429 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2430 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2431 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2434 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2438 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2439 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2440 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2444 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2448 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2449 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2450 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2453 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2455 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2456 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2457 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2458 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2460 /* Release commands left over from a previous insert. */
2461 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
);
2463 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2466 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2467 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2470 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2471 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2472 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2474 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2477 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2478 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2479 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2483 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2484 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2485 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2486 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2487 response back to GDB. */
2488 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2491 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2495 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2497 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2498 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2499 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2500 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2501 aexpr
= parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2502 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2503 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2509 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2510 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2511 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2513 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2519 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2521 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2523 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2526 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2527 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2529 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2531 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2534 free_agent_expr (loc
->cmd_bytecode
);
2535 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= NULL
;
2540 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2541 for this location's address. */
2542 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2545 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2546 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2547 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2548 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2550 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2551 to send the commands to the target. */
2552 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
,
2556 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2557 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2558 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2559 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2562 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2563 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2564 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2565 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2568 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2569 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2571 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2572 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2573 int *disabled_breaks
,
2574 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2575 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2577 enum errors bp_err
= GDB_NO_ERROR
;
2578 const char *bp_err_message
= NULL
;
2579 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
2581 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2584 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2585 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2586 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2587 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2588 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2589 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2590 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2591 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2592 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2593 bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
= bl
->address
;
2594 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2595 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2597 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2598 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2599 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2600 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2602 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2604 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2605 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2606 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2607 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2610 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2611 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2613 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2615 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2616 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2617 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2619 Two important cases are:
2620 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2621 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2622 hardware breakpoint.
2623 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2624 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2625 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2628 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2629 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2630 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2631 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2633 struct mem_region
*mr
2634 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
);
2638 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2640 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2642 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2643 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2645 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2647 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2649 static int said
= 0;
2651 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2654 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2655 _("Note: automatically using "
2656 "hardware breakpoints for "
2657 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2662 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2663 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2665 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2666 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2667 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2668 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2670 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2676 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2677 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2678 || bl
->section
== NULL
2679 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2681 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2682 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2686 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2688 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2693 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2698 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2699 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2700 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2702 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2703 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2704 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2705 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2706 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2710 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2712 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2713 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2714 bl
->overlay_target_info
.reqstd_address
= addr
;
2716 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2717 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2721 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2722 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2724 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2729 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2732 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2733 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2734 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2735 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2739 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2740 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2742 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2743 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2747 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2749 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2754 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2759 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2760 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2765 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2767 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2769 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2770 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2771 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2772 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2773 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2774 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2775 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2776 errors as memory errors. */
2777 if ((bp_err
== GENERIC_ERROR
|| bp_err
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2778 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2779 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2780 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2783 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2784 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2785 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2786 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2788 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2789 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2791 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2792 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2793 "library breakpoints:\n");
2795 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2796 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2797 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2802 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2804 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2805 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_err_message
!= NULL
;
2806 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2807 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2808 bl
->owner
->number
, bp_err_message
? ":" : ".\n");
2809 if (bp_err_message
!= NULL
)
2810 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", bp_err_message
);
2814 if (bp_err_message
== NULL
)
2817 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2818 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2819 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
2821 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2822 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2824 bl
->owner
->number
, message
);
2825 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2829 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2830 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2845 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2846 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2847 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2848 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2852 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2853 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2855 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2857 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2858 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2859 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2861 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2863 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2864 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2866 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2868 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2869 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2873 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2874 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2881 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2882 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2885 /* Back to the original value. */
2886 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2890 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2893 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2897 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2898 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2900 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2903 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2907 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2908 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2910 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2913 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2915 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2916 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2917 so just return success. */
2924 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2925 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2929 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2931 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2932 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2934 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2935 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2937 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2938 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2941 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2942 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2943 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2945 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2947 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2949 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2950 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2951 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2953 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2954 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2956 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2962 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2963 removed locations above. */
2964 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
2967 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2968 Throws exception on any error.
2969 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2970 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2972 insert_breakpoints (void)
2974 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2976 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2977 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2979 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2981 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2984 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
2985 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
2986 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
2987 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
2990 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2993 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
2995 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
2997 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
2999 callback (loc
, NULL
);
3003 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
3004 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
3005 always-inserted mode. */
3008 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
3010 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3013 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3014 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3015 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
3017 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3018 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3020 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3021 there was an error. */
3022 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
3024 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3026 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3028 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
3030 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
3033 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
3034 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
3035 deletion of breakpoints. */
3036 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3039 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3041 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3042 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3043 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3044 insert breakpoints. */
3045 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3046 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3049 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3050 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
3057 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3058 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3061 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3064 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
3067 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
3069 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3070 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3073 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3074 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3075 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
3077 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3078 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3080 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3081 there was an error. */
3082 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
3084 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3086 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3088 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3091 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
3092 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
3093 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3094 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
3095 && !valid_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
3098 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3100 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3101 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3102 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3103 insert breakpoints. */
3104 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3105 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3108 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3109 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
3114 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3115 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3116 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3118 int some_failed
= 0;
3119 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3121 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3124 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3127 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3130 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3131 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
3138 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3140 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
3142 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
3143 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
3144 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3152 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3153 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3154 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3156 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
3157 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3158 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3160 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3161 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3164 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3167 /* Used when the program stops.
3168 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3169 removing a breakpoint location. */
3172 remove_breakpoints (void)
3174 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3177 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3179 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3180 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
3185 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3189 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3191 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3193 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3195 if (b
->thread
== tp
->num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3197 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3199 printf_filtered (_("\
3200 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %d no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3201 b
->number
, tp
->num
);
3203 /* Hide it from the user. */
3209 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3212 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
3214 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3216 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3218 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3220 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3223 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
3228 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
3237 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
3239 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3240 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3242 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
3243 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0, dummy3
= 0;
3244 struct inferior
*inf
;
3245 struct thread_info
*tp
;
3247 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
3251 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3252 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3254 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
3256 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3257 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3259 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3261 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3267 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
, &dummy3
);
3270 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3275 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3279 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3281 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3282 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3283 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3284 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3285 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3286 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3288 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3291 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3294 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3295 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3299 static struct breakpoint
*
3300 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3301 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3302 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3304 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
3305 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3307 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3310 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3311 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3313 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3314 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3315 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3320 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3322 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3324 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3326 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3327 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3329 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3330 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
;
3332 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3333 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3335 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3336 int longjmp_searched
;
3338 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3339 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3341 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3342 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
;
3344 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3345 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
;
3347 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3348 int exception_searched
;
3350 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3351 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3354 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3356 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3357 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3359 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3362 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3364 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3367 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3368 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3370 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3371 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3373 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3375 bp_objfile_data
= objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
);
3376 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3378 bp_objfile_data
= obstack_alloc (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
,
3379 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3381 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3382 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3384 return bp_objfile_data
;
3388 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3390 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
= data
;
3392 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3393 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3397 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3399 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3400 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3402 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3404 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3405 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3408 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3410 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3413 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3415 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3417 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3418 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3420 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3421 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3424 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3427 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3428 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3430 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3431 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3433 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3435 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3436 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3440 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3441 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3444 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3448 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3450 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3451 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3453 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3455 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3457 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3459 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3461 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3464 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3465 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3467 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3469 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3471 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3475 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3478 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3479 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3481 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3483 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3484 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3485 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3489 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3490 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3493 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3496 struct probe
*probe
;
3497 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3500 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3501 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3505 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3507 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3508 get_probe_address (probe
,
3511 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3512 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3513 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3519 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3522 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3524 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3525 const char *func_name
;
3528 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3531 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3532 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3534 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3536 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3537 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3539 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3540 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3543 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3546 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3547 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3548 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3549 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3550 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3554 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3556 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3559 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3561 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3563 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3564 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3565 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3567 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3569 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3571 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3574 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3576 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3578 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3579 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3581 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3583 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3586 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3588 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3590 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3591 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3592 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3594 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3595 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3598 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3601 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3602 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3603 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3604 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3605 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3606 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3610 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3612 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3615 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3618 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3620 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3621 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3623 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3625 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3626 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3627 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3630 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3632 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3633 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3637 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3641 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3642 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3644 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3646 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3647 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3648 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3652 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3653 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3656 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3658 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3660 struct probe
*probe
;
3663 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3664 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3668 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3670 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3671 get_probe_address (probe
,
3673 bp_exception_master
,
3674 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3675 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3676 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3682 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3684 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3687 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3689 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3691 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3693 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3694 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3696 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3700 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3703 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3704 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3706 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3707 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3708 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3709 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3712 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3716 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3718 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3719 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3721 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3722 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3723 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3724 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3725 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3726 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3727 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3728 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3729 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3730 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3731 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3733 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3735 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3738 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3739 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3741 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3745 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3746 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3748 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3752 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3753 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3754 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3755 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3756 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3758 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3762 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3763 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3765 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3769 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3770 if (b
->type
== bp_single_step
)
3772 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3776 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3778 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3779 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3780 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3782 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3786 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3788 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3789 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3790 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3791 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3795 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3796 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3797 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3798 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3799 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3800 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3802 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3803 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3804 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3805 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3806 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3807 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3808 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3810 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3811 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3812 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3813 let finish_command delete it.
3815 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3816 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3817 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3818 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3819 solib breakpoints.) */
3821 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3826 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3827 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3829 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
3831 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3838 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3840 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3842 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3843 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3845 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid
) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
))
3846 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3848 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3849 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3850 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3852 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3855 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3856 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3857 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3858 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3859 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3860 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3861 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3865 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
3868 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3872 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3873 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3874 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3875 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3876 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3879 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3883 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3884 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3887 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3890 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3891 This should not ever happen. */
3892 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3894 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3895 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3897 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3898 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3899 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3901 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3902 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3903 || bl
->section
== NULL
3904 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3906 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3908 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3909 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3910 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3911 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3912 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3913 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3914 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3915 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3916 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3917 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3918 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3919 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3920 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3921 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3922 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3923 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3924 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3925 they should always be removed. */
3926 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3927 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3928 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3931 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3935 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3936 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3937 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3939 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3940 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3942 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3943 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3944 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3945 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3946 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3948 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3949 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3951 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3952 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3955 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3956 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3957 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3958 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3960 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3961 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3962 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3963 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3964 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3965 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3971 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3976 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3977 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3978 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3979 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3980 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3981 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3982 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3983 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3984 always-inserted mode. */
3986 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3987 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
3988 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
3989 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
3995 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3997 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3999 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4000 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4002 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
4003 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
4005 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
4006 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
4007 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
4010 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
4011 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4014 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4015 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4017 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
4021 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
4028 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
4031 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4033 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
4034 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
4037 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
4040 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
4041 This should not ever happen. */
4042 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
4044 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
4046 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
4048 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
4050 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4054 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
4057 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
4059 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4061 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4062 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
4067 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
4068 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
4070 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
4073 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
4074 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
4075 init_wait_for_inferior). */
4080 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
4082 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
4083 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4085 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
4087 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
4089 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
4092 mark_breakpoints_out ();
4094 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
4096 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
4102 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
4104 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
4105 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
4108 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4110 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
4112 case bp_shlib_event
:
4114 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
4115 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
4116 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
4117 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
4118 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4120 (gdb) file prog-linux
4121 (gdb) run # native linux target
4124 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4125 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4128 case bp_step_resume
:
4130 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4132 case bp_single_step
:
4134 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
4136 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4140 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4141 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4142 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4144 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4146 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4147 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
4148 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4149 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
4151 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4152 insert_breakpoints. */
4154 value_free (w
->val
);
4165 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4166 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
4167 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
4168 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
4171 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4172 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4173 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4174 match, not program space. */
4176 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4177 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4178 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4179 permanent breakpoint.
4180 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4181 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4182 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4183 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4184 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4186 enum breakpoint_here
4187 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4189 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4190 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
4192 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4194 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4195 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4198 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4199 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4201 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4203 if (overlay_debugging
4204 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4205 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4206 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4207 else if (bl
->permanent
)
4208 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
4210 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
4214 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
4217 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4220 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4222 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4225 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4226 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4232 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4235 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4237 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4239 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4241 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4242 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4246 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4248 if (overlay_debugging
4249 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4250 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4251 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4259 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4263 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4266 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4268 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4270 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4274 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4277 if (overlay_debugging
4278 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4279 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4280 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4290 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4291 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4293 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4295 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4297 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4299 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4300 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4303 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4306 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4307 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4311 /* Check for intersection. */
4312 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
4313 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4322 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4326 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4328 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4331 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4335 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
4337 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4338 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4339 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4340 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
4344 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4345 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4348 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4365 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4366 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4369 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4373 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4378 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4380 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
4381 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
4382 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
4383 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
4384 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4386 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
4387 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
4391 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4401 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4404 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4409 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4411 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4417 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4420 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4422 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4424 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4426 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4428 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4433 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4442 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4443 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4444 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4445 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4447 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4448 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4450 Return 1 otherwise. */
4453 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4455 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4458 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4460 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4461 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4462 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4463 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4464 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4466 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4468 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4472 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4475 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4477 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4480 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4483 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4487 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4489 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4491 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4493 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4499 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4502 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4504 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4506 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4508 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4509 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4510 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4511 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4512 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4516 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4519 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4522 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4524 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4527 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4528 or its equivalent. */
4531 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4533 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0
4534 || (xdb_commands
&& strcmp ("Q", cmd
->line
) == 0));
4537 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4538 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4539 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4540 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4542 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4543 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4544 bpstat of the current thread. */
4547 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4550 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4553 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4555 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4558 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4559 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4561 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4563 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4566 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4567 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4569 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4570 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4571 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4573 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4575 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4576 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4577 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4578 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4579 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4580 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4581 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4582 the tree when we're done. */
4583 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4584 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4585 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4586 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4587 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4589 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4595 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4597 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4603 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4604 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4606 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4608 if (target_can_async_p ())
4609 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4610 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4611 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4614 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4615 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4616 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4617 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4618 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4619 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4620 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4621 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4622 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4623 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4624 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4625 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4626 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4631 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4636 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4638 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4640 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4641 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4642 && target_has_execution
4643 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4644 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4645 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4646 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4647 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4648 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4649 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4652 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4655 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4658 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4661 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4664 struct value_print_options opts
;
4665 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4666 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4670 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4671 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4672 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4673 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4676 static enum print_stop_action
4677 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4679 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4682 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4683 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4687 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4688 relevant messages. */
4689 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4692 case print_it_normal
:
4694 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4696 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4697 which has since been deleted. */
4699 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4701 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4702 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4707 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4708 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4713 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4716 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4719 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4721 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4725 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4726 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4727 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4729 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4730 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4731 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4734 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
4735 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "reason",
4736 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4740 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4744 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4745 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4748 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4753 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4754 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", name
);
4755 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4758 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4763 struct so_list
*iter
;
4765 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4767 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4768 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4771 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4776 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4777 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", iter
->so_name
);
4778 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4781 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4785 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4786 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4787 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4788 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4789 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4790 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4791 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4794 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4795 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4796 code to print the location. An example is
4797 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4799 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4800 to also print the location part of the message.
4801 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4802 don't require a location appended to the end.
4803 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4804 further info to be printed. */
4806 enum print_stop_action
4807 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4811 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4812 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4813 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4814 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4815 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4817 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4818 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4819 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4820 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4824 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4825 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4826 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4827 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4829 print_solib_event (0);
4830 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4833 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4834 with and nothing was printed. */
4835 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4838 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4839 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4840 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4841 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4842 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4843 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4846 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
4848 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4849 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
4851 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4855 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4858 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4862 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
4864 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
4865 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
4866 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
4867 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
4868 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4869 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4870 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4872 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
4876 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4877 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4880 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4882 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4884 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4886 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4888 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4889 as not triggered. */
4891 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4893 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4895 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4901 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
4903 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4904 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4906 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4908 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4910 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4916 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4917 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4921 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4923 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4924 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4926 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4927 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4929 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4931 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4932 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4934 if (newaddr
== start
)
4936 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4940 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4941 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
4945 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4954 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4955 because of check_errors). */
4956 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4957 #define WP_DELETED 1
4958 /* The value has changed. */
4959 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4960 /* The value has not changed. */
4961 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4962 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4965 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4966 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4968 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4971 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4972 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4975 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
4977 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
4978 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4979 struct frame_info
*fr
;
4980 int within_current_scope
;
4982 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4983 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
4984 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4986 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4987 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4988 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4989 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
4992 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4993 within_current_scope
= 1;
4996 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
4997 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4998 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
5000 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
5001 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
5002 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
5003 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
5004 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
5005 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
5006 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
5007 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
5008 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
5009 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
5012 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
5013 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
5015 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
5016 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
5017 if (within_current_scope
)
5019 struct symbol
*function
;
5021 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
5022 if (function
== NULL
5023 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
5024 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
5025 within_current_scope
= 0;
5028 if (within_current_scope
)
5029 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
5030 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5035 if (within_current_scope
)
5037 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5038 time before we return to the command level and call
5039 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5040 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5044 struct value
*new_val
;
5046 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
5047 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5048 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5049 a mask watchpoint. */
5050 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5052 mark
= value_mark ();
5053 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
5055 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
5056 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
5058 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5059 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5060 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5061 not what we want. */
5062 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
5063 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
5065 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
5067 release_value (new_val
);
5068 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5070 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
5073 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5077 /* Nothing changed. */
5078 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5079 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
5084 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5086 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5087 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5088 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5089 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5090 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5091 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5092 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5093 the first value assigned). */
5094 /* We print all the stop information in
5095 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5096 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5097 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5099 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5101 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
5102 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
5103 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
5105 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
5106 which its expression is valid.\n");
5108 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5109 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
5110 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5116 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5117 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5118 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5121 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
5122 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5123 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5125 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
5127 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5128 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5130 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5133 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5134 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5137 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
5139 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5140 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5142 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5143 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5144 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5145 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5146 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5149 int must_check_value
= 0;
5151 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5152 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5154 must_check_value
= 1;
5155 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
5156 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5157 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5159 must_check_value
= 1;
5160 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
5161 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5162 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5163 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5164 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5165 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5166 must_check_value
= 1;
5168 if (must_check_value
)
5171 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5173 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
5174 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
5176 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
5180 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5181 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5185 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5188 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5189 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5191 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5193 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5194 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5195 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5196 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5197 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5198 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5199 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5202 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5203 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5206 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5207 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5208 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5209 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5211 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5212 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5213 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5216 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5217 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5218 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5219 changes. This still gives false positives when
5220 the program writes the same value to memory as
5221 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5222 it for a read), but it's much better than
5225 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5227 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5229 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5231 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5232 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5233 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5235 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5236 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5238 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5239 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5241 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5247 if (other_write_watchpoint
5248 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5250 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5251 and the value changed since the last time we
5252 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5254 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5259 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5260 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5261 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5263 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5264 the value hasn't changed. */
5265 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5273 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5274 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->base
.number
);
5275 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5276 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5277 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5281 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5283 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5284 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5285 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5286 anything for this watchpoint. */
5287 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5293 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5294 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5295 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5296 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5299 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5301 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5302 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5303 int value_is_zero
= 0;
5304 struct expression
*cond
;
5306 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5308 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5309 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5310 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5311 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5312 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5314 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5315 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5316 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5318 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5319 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5325 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5326 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5328 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
))
5329 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (ptid
)))
5336 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5338 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5340 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5342 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5349 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5351 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5352 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5354 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5355 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5356 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5357 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5359 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5361 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5362 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5366 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5367 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5368 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5369 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5370 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5372 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5373 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5376 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5378 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5379 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5380 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5381 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5382 really matter which instantiation of the function
5383 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5384 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5385 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5386 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5387 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5388 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5389 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5390 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5392 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5394 select_frame (frame
);
5396 within_current_scope
= 0;
5398 if (within_current_scope
)
5400 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5401 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5405 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5406 "in the current scope"));
5407 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5408 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5411 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5412 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5415 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5419 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5423 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5425 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5430 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5431 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5433 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5434 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5437 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5439 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5441 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5442 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5443 several reasons concurrently.)
5445 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5446 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5449 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5450 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5451 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5453 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5454 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5455 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5456 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5457 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5458 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5461 int need_remove_insert
;
5464 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5465 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5466 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5467 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5468 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5469 inferior function calls. */
5473 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5476 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5478 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5479 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5480 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5481 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5482 checked all locations already. */
5483 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5486 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5489 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5492 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5495 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5498 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5499 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5500 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5504 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5505 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5506 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5508 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5510 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5512 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5517 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5518 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5520 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
5522 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
5523 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5526 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5530 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5531 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5532 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5534 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5536 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5538 handle_solib_event ();
5543 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5544 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5545 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5549 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5554 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5555 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5558 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5563 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5565 /* We will stop here. */
5566 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5568 --(b
->enable_count
);
5569 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0)
5570 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5575 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5576 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5577 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5578 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5581 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5586 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5588 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5589 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5592 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5593 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5594 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5596 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5597 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5598 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5600 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5601 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5603 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5605 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5606 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5609 if (need_remove_insert
)
5610 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5611 else if (removed_any
)
5612 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5618 handle_jit_event (void)
5620 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5621 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5623 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5624 breakpoint_re_set. */
5625 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5627 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5628 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5630 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5632 target_terminal_inferior ();
5635 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5637 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5640 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5642 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5646 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5647 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5648 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5650 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5652 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5653 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5654 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5657 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5659 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5660 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5664 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5671 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5672 case bp_single_step
:
5675 case bp_shlib_event
:
5679 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5681 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5684 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5687 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5688 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5689 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5693 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5695 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5699 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5700 This requires no further action. */
5704 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5706 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5707 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5709 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5710 case bp_exception_resume
:
5711 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5712 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5714 case bp_step_resume
:
5716 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5719 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5720 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5723 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5725 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5728 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5729 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5732 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5733 case bp_thread_event
:
5734 case bp_overlay_event
:
5735 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5736 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5737 case bp_exception_master
:
5738 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5744 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5746 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5750 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5751 This requires no further action. */
5756 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5759 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5760 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5761 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5762 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5764 case bp_std_terminate
:
5765 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5766 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5767 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5768 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5771 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5772 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5773 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5774 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5776 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5777 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5779 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5780 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5781 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5783 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5784 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5785 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5786 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5791 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5793 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5797 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5798 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5801 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5804 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5805 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5810 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5812 handle_jit_event ();
5815 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5817 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5823 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5824 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5826 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5827 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5835 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5836 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5837 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5840 bpstat_should_step (void)
5842 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5845 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5851 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5853 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5862 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5863 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5864 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5867 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5869 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5870 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5874 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5876 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5878 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5879 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5880 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5885 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5891 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5892 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5894 "host": Host evals condition.
5895 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5896 "target": Target evals condition.
5900 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5902 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5903 char host_evals
= 0;
5904 char target_evals
= 0;
5909 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5912 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5913 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5914 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5916 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5918 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5924 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5925 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5926 else if (target_evals
)
5927 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5929 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5932 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5933 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5936 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5938 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5941 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5942 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5943 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5945 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5946 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5948 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5951 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5954 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5955 struct bp_location
*loc
)
5957 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5958 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
5960 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5964 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
5966 if (b
->display_canonical
)
5967 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->addr_string
);
5968 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
5971 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
5974 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
5975 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
5976 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
5977 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
5978 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
5979 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
5981 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
5982 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
));
5983 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
5985 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5986 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname",
5987 symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
5989 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", loc
->line_number
);
5993 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
5994 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
5996 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
,
5998 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
6000 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
6003 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
6005 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
6006 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
6007 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
6009 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6010 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6011 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
6012 ui_out_text (uiout
, ")");
6015 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6019 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
6021 struct ep_type_description
6026 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
6028 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
6029 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
6030 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
6031 {bp_single_step
, "sw single-step"},
6032 {bp_until
, "until"},
6033 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
6034 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
6035 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
6036 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
6037 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
6038 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
6039 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
6040 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6041 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
6042 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
6043 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
6044 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
6045 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
6046 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
6047 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
6048 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
6049 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
6050 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
6051 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
6052 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
6053 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
6054 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
6055 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
6056 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
6057 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
6058 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
6059 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
6060 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6061 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6064 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
6065 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
6066 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6067 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6070 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
6073 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6074 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6077 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
6078 const char *field_name
,
6082 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
6083 int is_mi
= ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
);
6087 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6088 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6089 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
6092 back_to
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout
, field_name
);
6094 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num
, i
, inf
); ++i
)
6100 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf
);
6101 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, NULL
, mi_group
);
6106 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
6108 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
6110 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
));
6114 do_cleanups (back_to
);
6117 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6120 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6121 struct bp_location
*loc
,
6123 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6126 struct command_line
*l
;
6127 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
6129 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6130 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
6131 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
6132 struct value_print_options opts
;
6134 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6136 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6137 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6138 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6141 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
6142 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6150 if (part_of_multiple
)
6153 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6154 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
6159 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6164 if (part_of_multiple
)
6165 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
6167 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6171 if (part_of_multiple
)
6172 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
6174 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6179 if (part_of_multiple
)
6180 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
6182 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
6183 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6184 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
6188 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6190 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6191 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6192 make sure there's just one location. */
6193 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
6194 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6200 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6201 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6205 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6206 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6207 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6209 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6211 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6212 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6213 is relatively readable). */
6214 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6215 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6217 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", w
->exp_string
);
6222 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6223 case bp_single_step
:
6227 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6228 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6230 case bp_exception_resume
:
6231 case bp_step_resume
:
6232 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6233 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6235 case bp_std_terminate
:
6236 case bp_shlib_event
:
6237 case bp_thread_event
:
6238 case bp_overlay_event
:
6239 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6240 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6241 case bp_exception_master
:
6243 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6244 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6247 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6248 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6249 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6252 if (header_of_multiple
)
6253 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6254 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6255 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6257 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
6258 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6261 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6262 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6269 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6271 struct inferior
*inf
;
6272 VEC(int) *inf_num
= NULL
;
6277 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6278 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num
, inf
->num
);
6281 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6282 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6284 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6285 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6286 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6287 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6288 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6289 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6291 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_num
, mi_only
);
6292 VEC_free (int, inf_num
);
6295 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6297 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6299 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6300 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6301 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
6302 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6304 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6306 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
6307 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
6311 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6313 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6314 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6316 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6319 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6320 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6322 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
6323 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6324 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6327 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6330 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6331 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
6333 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
6334 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
6336 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6337 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6338 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6339 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6340 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6342 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6343 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6344 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6345 ui_out_text (uiout
, " evals)");
6347 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6350 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6352 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6353 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
6354 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6355 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6358 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6362 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6363 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6364 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
6365 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6366 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttracepoint");
6368 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
6369 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
6370 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6371 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6372 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
6374 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
6378 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6379 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6380 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6384 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6387 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
6388 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6389 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6392 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6393 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6394 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6395 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6398 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tdisable after ");
6399 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6400 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6401 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6402 ui_out_text (uiout
, "additional ");
6404 ui_out_text (uiout
, "next ");
6405 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "enable", b
->enable_count
);
6406 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6409 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6411 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6413 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6415 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6416 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6417 ui_out_text (uiout
, " bytes\n");
6421 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6422 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6424 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
6427 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
6428 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6429 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
6432 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6434 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6436 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6438 annotate_field (10);
6439 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
6440 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", t
->pass_count
);
6441 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6444 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6446 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6448 annotate_field (11);
6450 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6451 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "installed",
6452 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6456 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\t");
6458 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tnot ");
6459 ui_out_text (uiout
, "installed on target\n");
6464 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
6466 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6468 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6470 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6472 else if (b
->addr_string
)
6473 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
6478 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6479 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6482 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
6483 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6485 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
6487 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6488 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6490 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6491 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6492 locations, if any. */
6493 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6495 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6496 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6497 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6500 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6501 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6503 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6504 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6506 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6509 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6511 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
6512 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
6513 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6514 do_cleanups (inner2
);
6521 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6523 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6524 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6526 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6530 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6531 an address to print. */
6532 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& loc
->watchpoint_type
== -1)
6535 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6536 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6537 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6540 return print_address_bits
;
6543 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6549 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6551 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
6552 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6553 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6557 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6559 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6567 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6568 char **error_message
)
6570 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6573 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6575 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6576 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6582 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6583 internal or momentary. */
6586 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6588 return b
->number
> 0;
6591 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6592 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6593 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6594 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6595 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6596 breakpoints listed. */
6599 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6600 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6602 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6603 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6604 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6605 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
6606 struct value_print_options opts
;
6607 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6608 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6609 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6611 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6613 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6614 required for address fields. */
6615 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6618 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6619 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6622 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6623 accept. Skip the others. */
6624 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6626 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6628 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6632 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6634 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6636 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6637 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6638 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6640 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6641 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6642 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6644 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6648 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6650 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
6651 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6655 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
6656 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6659 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6660 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6661 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6663 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6664 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6666 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
6667 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6668 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6670 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6671 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6673 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6674 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6676 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6678 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6679 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
6680 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6682 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
6683 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6685 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6687 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6688 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
6689 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6690 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6695 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6696 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6699 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6700 accept. Skip the others. */
6702 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6704 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6706 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6709 else /* all others */
6711 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6715 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6717 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6718 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6721 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
6723 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6725 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6729 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6730 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6732 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
6733 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6739 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6740 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6743 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6744 there have been breakpoints? */
6745 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6747 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6750 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6751 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6754 default_collect_info (void)
6756 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6758 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6759 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6761 if (!*default_collect
)
6764 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6766 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
6767 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
6768 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6772 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6774 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6776 default_collect_info ();
6780 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6782 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6783 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6785 if (num_printed
== 0)
6787 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6788 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6790 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6795 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6797 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6799 default_collect_info ();
6803 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6804 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6805 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6807 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6809 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6811 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6812 && bl
->address
== pc
6813 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6819 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6820 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6824 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6825 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6826 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6829 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6832 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6833 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6837 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6838 else /* if (others == ???) */
6839 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6841 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6844 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6845 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6846 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6847 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6848 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6849 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6850 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6851 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6855 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6857 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6858 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
6859 printf_filtered (".\n");
6864 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6865 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6866 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6867 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6869 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6870 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6871 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6872 breakpoint at address zero:
6880 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6882 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
6884 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
6887 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6888 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6891 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6892 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6894 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6895 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6897 /* Both of them must exist. */
6898 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6899 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6901 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6902 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6903 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6904 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6905 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6906 other watchpoint. */
6908 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6910 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6913 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6915 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6919 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6920 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6921 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6922 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6923 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6924 become hw_access locations later. */
6925 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6926 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6927 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6928 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6931 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6934 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6935 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6937 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6938 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6942 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6943 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6944 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6945 space doesn't really matter. */
6948 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6949 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
6952 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6953 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6954 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
6957 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6958 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6959 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6960 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6963 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6964 struct address_space
*aspace
,
6967 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
6970 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
6971 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
6975 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6976 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6977 true, otherwise returns false. */
6980 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6981 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6983 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6984 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6985 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6986 different locations. */
6987 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
6992 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6993 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6994 represent the same location. */
6997 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6998 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7000 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
7002 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
7003 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
7004 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
7006 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
7007 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
7009 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
7012 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7013 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7014 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7016 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
7017 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
7018 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
7019 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7023 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
7024 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
7026 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7027 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7031 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
7032 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
7034 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7035 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
7037 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
7040 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7041 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7042 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7043 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7046 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7047 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
7049 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
7051 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
7054 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
7055 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
7056 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
7057 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
7058 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
7060 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7061 have their addresses modified. */
7064 else if (bptype
== bp_single_step
)
7066 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
7067 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
7068 applies to this address, then it should have already been
7069 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
7070 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
7071 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
7076 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
7078 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7079 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7080 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
7082 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7083 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7085 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
7086 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
7088 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
7093 init_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
, const struct bp_location_ops
*ops
,
7094 struct breakpoint
*owner
)
7096 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
7098 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7103 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
7104 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
7107 switch (owner
->type
)
7110 case bp_single_step
:
7114 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7115 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
7117 case bp_exception_resume
:
7118 case bp_step_resume
:
7119 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7120 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7122 case bp_std_terminate
:
7123 case bp_shlib_event
:
7124 case bp_thread_event
:
7125 case bp_overlay_event
:
7127 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7128 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7129 case bp_exception_master
:
7130 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7131 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7133 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
7134 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7136 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7137 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
7138 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7140 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7141 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7142 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7143 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7148 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7149 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7150 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
7153 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7159 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7161 static struct bp_location
*
7162 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7164 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
7168 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7170 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
7174 /* Increment reference count. */
7177 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7182 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7183 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7186 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7188 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
7190 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
7191 free_bp_location (*blp
);
7195 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7198 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7200 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7202 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7203 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7205 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7207 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
7216 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7219 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7220 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7222 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7224 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
7226 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7230 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7231 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7232 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7234 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7237 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
7239 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
7240 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
7241 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
7242 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7245 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7246 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7248 static struct breakpoint
*
7249 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7251 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7253 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7255 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7256 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7260 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7261 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7265 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
7267 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7269 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7270 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7271 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7274 const char *function_name
;
7275 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
7277 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
7278 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
7280 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
7282 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7284 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
7285 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
7286 &loc
->requested_address
))
7288 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7289 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7290 loc
->requested_address
,
7293 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7294 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7296 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7297 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7298 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7299 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7301 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
7306 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7310 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7312 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7315 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7317 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
.symtab
));
7322 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7323 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7324 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7326 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7327 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7328 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7331 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7332 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7333 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7335 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7337 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7339 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7340 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7342 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7343 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7345 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7346 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7349 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7350 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7351 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7352 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7353 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7354 is also returned as the value of this function.
7356 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7357 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7358 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7359 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7360 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7361 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7362 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7365 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7366 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7367 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7369 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7371 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7372 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7377 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7378 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7380 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7382 struct bp_location
*bl
;
7384 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7385 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7386 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7387 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7388 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7389 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
7396 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7397 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7398 initiated the operation. */
7401 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7403 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7404 int thread
= tp
->num
;
7406 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7407 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7408 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7409 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7410 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7411 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7412 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7413 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7415 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7416 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7418 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7419 after their removal. */
7420 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7421 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7422 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7425 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7428 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7430 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7432 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7434 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7435 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7437 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7438 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7443 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7445 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7447 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7448 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7450 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7451 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7455 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7456 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7457 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7461 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7463 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7466 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7468 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7470 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7471 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
,
7473 new_b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7475 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7477 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7480 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7481 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7482 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7483 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7489 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7490 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7493 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7494 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7498 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7500 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7502 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7503 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->num
)
7505 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7507 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7508 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7509 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7510 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7513 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
->ptid
);
7515 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7517 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7518 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7519 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7521 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7526 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7528 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7531 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7533 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7534 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7535 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7540 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7542 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7545 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7547 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7548 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7549 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7553 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7554 master breakpoint. */
7556 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7558 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7560 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7561 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7562 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7564 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7565 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7569 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7571 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7573 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7575 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7576 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7577 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7581 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7583 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7585 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7586 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7588 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7589 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7591 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
7593 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7599 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7601 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7603 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7604 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
7605 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7606 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7609 struct lang_and_radix
7615 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7618 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7620 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7622 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7623 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7624 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7628 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7631 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7633 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7635 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7636 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7637 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7638 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7642 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7644 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7646 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7647 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7648 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7649 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7652 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7655 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7657 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7659 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7660 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7661 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7662 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7665 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7666 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7667 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7669 static struct breakpoint
*
7670 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7671 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7673 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7675 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7676 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7677 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7682 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7684 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7687 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7690 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7692 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7694 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7696 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7697 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7699 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7705 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7706 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7709 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7711 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7713 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7715 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7716 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7718 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7719 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7720 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7721 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7722 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7723 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7724 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7725 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7726 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7727 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7728 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7729 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7732 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7737 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7738 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7739 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7742 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7744 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7745 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7747 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7748 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7749 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7750 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7751 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
7752 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
7755 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7757 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7758 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7760 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7761 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7762 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7763 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7764 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7765 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7766 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7767 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7768 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7770 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7771 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7772 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7773 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7776 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7777 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7779 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7781 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7782 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7783 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7786 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7791 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7792 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7793 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7796 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7798 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7800 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7803 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7804 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7805 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7806 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7807 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7808 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7809 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7810 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7811 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7812 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7814 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
7815 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
7820 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7821 int bp_modified
= 0;
7823 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7826 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7828 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7830 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7831 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7834 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
7837 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
7840 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7841 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7844 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
7846 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7847 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7848 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7849 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7850 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7853 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7860 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7864 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7866 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7867 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7868 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7869 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7870 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7872 struct fork_catchpoint
7874 /* The base class. */
7875 struct breakpoint base
;
7877 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7878 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7879 catchpoint has triggered. */
7880 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7883 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7887 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7889 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7892 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7896 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7898 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7901 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7905 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7906 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7907 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7909 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7911 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7914 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7918 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7921 static enum print_stop_action
7922 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
7924 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7925 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7926 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7928 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7929 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7930 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7932 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7933 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7935 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7936 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
7937 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7939 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7940 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (forked process ");
7941 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7942 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7943 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7946 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7950 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7952 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7953 struct value_print_options opts
;
7954 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7956 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7958 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7959 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7961 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7962 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7964 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
7965 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7967 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7968 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7969 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7970 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
7973 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7974 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "fork");
7977 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7981 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7983 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
7986 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7990 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7992 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
7993 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7996 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7998 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
8000 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8004 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8006 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8009 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8013 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8015 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8018 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8022 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8023 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8024 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8026 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8028 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
8031 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
8035 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8038 static enum print_stop_action
8039 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
8041 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8042 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8043 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8045 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8046 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8047 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8049 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8050 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8052 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8053 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
8054 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8056 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8057 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (vforked process ");
8058 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8059 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8060 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8063 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8067 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8069 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8070 struct value_print_options opts
;
8071 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8073 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8074 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8075 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8077 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8078 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8080 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
8081 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8083 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
8084 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
8085 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8086 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
8089 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8090 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "vfork");
8093 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8097 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8099 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
8102 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8106 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8108 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
8109 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8112 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
8114 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
8116 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
8117 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8118 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8119 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8120 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8122 struct solib_catchpoint
8124 /* The base class. */
8125 struct breakpoint base
;
8127 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8128 unsigned char is_load
;
8130 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8131 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8137 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8139 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8142 regfree (&self
->compiled
);
8143 xfree (self
->regex
);
8145 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8149 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8155 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8161 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8162 struct address_space
*aspace
,
8164 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8166 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8167 struct breakpoint
*other
;
8169 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
8172 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
8174 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
8176 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
8179 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
8182 if (self
->base
.pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->base
.pspace
)
8185 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
8187 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
8196 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
8198 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
8199 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8204 struct so_list
*iter
;
8207 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
8212 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8221 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
8226 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8232 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
8235 static enum print_stop_action
8236 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
8238 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8239 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8241 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8242 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8243 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8245 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8246 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8247 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8248 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8249 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8250 print_solib_event (1);
8251 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8255 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
8257 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8258 struct value_print_options opts
;
8259 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8262 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8263 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8264 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8266 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8269 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8276 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8278 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8283 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8285 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8287 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", msg
);
8290 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8291 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type",
8292 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8296 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8298 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8300 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8301 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8305 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8307 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8309 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8310 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8311 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8313 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8314 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8317 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8319 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8320 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8321 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8322 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8323 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8324 created in an enabled state. */
8327 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
8329 struct solib_catchpoint
*c
;
8330 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8331 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8335 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8337 c
= XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint
);
8338 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, c
);
8344 errcode
= regcomp (&c
->compiled
, arg
, REG_NOSUB
);
8347 char *err
= get_regcomp_error (errcode
, &c
->compiled
);
8349 make_cleanup (xfree
, err
);
8350 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err
, arg
);
8352 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8355 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8356 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8357 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8359 c
->base
.enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8361 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
8362 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8365 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8369 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8370 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8373 const int enabled
= 1;
8375 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8377 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
8381 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8382 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8384 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8388 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8389 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8391 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8394 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8395 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8396 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8397 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8398 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8400 struct syscall_catchpoint
8402 /* The base class. */
8403 struct breakpoint base
;
8405 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8406 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8407 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8408 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8409 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught
;
8412 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8416 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8418 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8420 VEC_free (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
8422 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8425 static const struct inferior_data
*catch_syscall_inferior_data
= NULL
;
8427 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8429 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8430 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8431 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8433 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8434 int any_syscall_count
;
8436 /* Count of each system call. */
8437 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts
;
8439 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8440 if any catching is necessary. */
8441 int total_syscalls_count
;
8444 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*
8445 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior
*inf
)
8447 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
;
8449 inf_data
= inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8450 if (inf_data
== NULL
)
8452 inf_data
= XCNEW (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8453 set_inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
, inf_data
);
8460 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior
*inf
, void *arg
)
8466 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8470 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8472 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8473 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8474 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8475 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8477 ++inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8478 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8479 ++inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8485 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8490 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8492 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
8493 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8494 = old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8496 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
8497 vec_addr
= ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8498 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
)
8500 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
8501 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
8503 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8504 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
8508 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
),
8509 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8510 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8512 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8514 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8517 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8521 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8523 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8524 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8525 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8526 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8528 --inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8529 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8530 --inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8536 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8540 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8541 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8543 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8544 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
8548 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
),
8549 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8550 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8552 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8554 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8557 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8561 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8562 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8563 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8565 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8566 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8567 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8568 int syscall_number
= 0;
8569 const struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
8570 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8572 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8573 && ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
8576 syscall_number
= ws
->value
.syscall_number
;
8578 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8579 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8584 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8586 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
8595 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8598 static enum print_stop_action
8599 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs
)
8601 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8602 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8603 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8604 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8605 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8606 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8608 struct target_waitstatus last
;
8610 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= bs
->bp_location_at
->gdbarch
;
8612 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
8614 get_syscall_by_number (gdbarch
, last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
8616 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8618 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8619 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8621 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8622 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8624 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8625 async_reason_lookup (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8626 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8627 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN
));
8628 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8630 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8632 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
8633 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (call to syscall ");
8635 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (returned from syscall ");
8637 if (s
.name
== NULL
|| ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8638 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "syscall-number", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
8640 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "syscall-name", s
.name
);
8642 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8644 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8647 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8651 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8652 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8654 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8655 struct value_print_options opts
;
8656 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8657 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= b
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8659 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8660 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8661 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8663 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8664 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8667 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
8668 && VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8669 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
8671 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
8673 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8676 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8679 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8684 get_syscall_by_number (gdbarch
, iter
, &s
);
8687 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
8689 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
8691 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8692 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8696 /* Remove the last comma. */
8697 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
8698 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
8701 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
8702 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8704 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8705 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "syscall");
8708 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8712 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8714 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8715 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= b
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8717 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8721 if (VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8722 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
8724 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
8727 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8731 get_syscall_by_number (gdbarch
, iter
, &s
);
8734 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
8736 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
8738 printf_filtered (")");
8741 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8745 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8749 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8751 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8752 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= b
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8754 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch syscall");
8756 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8761 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8766 get_syscall_by_number (gdbarch
, iter
, &s
);
8768 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", s
.name
);
8770 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %d", s
.number
);
8773 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8776 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8778 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
8780 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8783 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8785 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
8788 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8789 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8790 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8791 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8794 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8795 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8797 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8799 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8802 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8804 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8806 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8807 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8811 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
8813 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8814 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8815 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8816 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8819 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8822 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8826 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8827 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
8828 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8830 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint
);
8832 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8834 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8836 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8839 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8841 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8842 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8843 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8844 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8845 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8847 struct exec_catchpoint
8849 /* The base class. */
8850 struct breakpoint base
;
8852 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8853 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8855 char *exec_pathname
;
8858 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8862 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8864 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8866 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
8868 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8872 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8874 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8878 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8880 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8884 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8885 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8886 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8888 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8890 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8893 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8897 static enum print_stop_action
8898 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8900 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8901 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8902 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8904 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8905 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8906 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8908 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8909 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8911 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8912 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8913 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8915 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8916 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (exec'd ");
8917 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8918 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8920 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8924 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8926 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8927 struct value_print_options opts
;
8928 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8930 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8932 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8933 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8934 is relatively readable). */
8935 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8936 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8938 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
8939 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8941 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
8942 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8943 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8946 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8947 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "exec");
8951 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8953 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8956 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8960 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8962 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8963 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8966 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8969 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
8970 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8972 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
;
8973 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8975 c
= XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint
);
8976 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
8977 c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
8979 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8983 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8986 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8987 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8991 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8992 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8994 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8996 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
9003 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
9007 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9010 struct bp_location
*bl
;
9012 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
9015 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
9017 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
9019 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
9025 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
9026 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
9027 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
9028 types _not_ TYPE. */
9031 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
9032 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
9035 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9037 *other_type_used
= 0;
9042 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
9045 if (b
->type
== type
)
9046 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
9047 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
9048 *other_type_used
= 1;
9055 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
9057 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9061 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
9063 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
9064 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
9070 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
9072 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9076 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
9078 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9079 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9085 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
9087 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
9088 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
9092 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
9094 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
9095 breakpoint_re_set ();
9098 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
9101 static struct breakpoint
*
9102 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
9104 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9106 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bp_single_step
,
9107 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
9109 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
9110 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
9113 gdb_assert (b
->thread
!= 0);
9115 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
9120 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
9121 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
9125 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
9126 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
9128 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9130 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
9132 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
9134 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
9135 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9136 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
9137 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
9139 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
9140 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
9142 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
9143 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
9145 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9150 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
9151 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
9152 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
9154 static struct breakpoint
*
9155 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
9157 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9160 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
9162 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
9163 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
9164 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
9166 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
9167 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
9168 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
9169 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
9170 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
9171 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
9172 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
9173 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
9174 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
9175 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
9176 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
9177 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
9179 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9180 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
9181 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
9183 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
9187 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
9191 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
9193 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
9197 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
, 0);
9201 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9204 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9206 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9208 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
9209 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9211 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
9215 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
9218 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9220 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
9221 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
9223 printf_filtered ("\n");
9227 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
);
9229 static struct bp_location
*
9230 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9231 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9233 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
9234 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
9235 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9237 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
9238 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
9240 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
9241 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
9242 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
9243 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
9244 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
9245 location that's only been partially initialized. */
9246 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
9249 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
9250 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
9251 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
9252 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
9257 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
9258 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
9259 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
9260 loc
->probe
.probe
= sal
->probe
;
9261 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
9262 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
9263 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
9264 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
9265 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
9266 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
9268 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
9269 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
9271 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
9281 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
9282 return 0 otherwise. */
9285 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
9289 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
9290 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
9291 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9294 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
9296 /* bp_call_dummy breakpoint locations are usually memory locations
9297 where GDB just wrote a breakpoint instruction, making it look
9298 as if there is a permanent breakpoint at that location. Considering
9299 it permanent makes GDB rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop
9300 the program, thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint
9301 there. This is normally expected to work, except that some versions
9302 of QEMU (Eg: QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC) just report a fatal problem (Trap
9303 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state) instead of reporting
9304 a SIGTRAP. QEMU should probably be fixed, but in the interest of
9305 compatibility with versions that behave this way, we always consider
9306 bp_call_dummy breakpoint locations as non-permanent. */
9307 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_call_dummy
)
9310 addr
= loc
->address
;
9311 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
9313 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9317 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
9319 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9320 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9321 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9322 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9324 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
9325 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
9327 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
9328 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
9331 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9336 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9337 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9340 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9342 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
9343 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
9348 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9350 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9352 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
9354 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9356 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
9357 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9359 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
9360 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9361 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
9363 if (!dprintf_function
)
9364 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9366 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
9367 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9372 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9376 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
9378 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9379 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9382 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9383 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9387 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9388 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9390 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
9391 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9393 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
9394 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
9396 printf_cmd_line
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
9397 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
9398 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
9399 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
9400 printf_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
9401 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
9403 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, printf_cmd_line
);
9407 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9408 current style settings. */
9411 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
9412 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
9414 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9418 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
9419 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9423 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
9424 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
9425 as condition expression. */
9428 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9429 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9430 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9432 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9433 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9434 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9435 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9436 int display_canonical
)
9440 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9442 int target_resources_ok
;
9444 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9445 target_resources_ok
=
9446 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9448 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9449 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9450 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9451 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9454 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
9456 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
9458 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
9459 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9463 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9465 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9467 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9468 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
9473 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
9477 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9478 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9479 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9480 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9481 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
9483 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9484 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
9486 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
9488 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
9489 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
9491 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
9493 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9494 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9495 char *p
= &addr_string
[3];
9499 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9501 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9503 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9504 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
9506 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9508 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9510 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
9512 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
9513 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
9515 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9517 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9520 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9521 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9528 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
9529 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9535 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9537 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9538 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9540 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9543 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9544 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9545 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9547 if (b
->extra_string
)
9548 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9550 error (_("Format string required"));
9552 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9553 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9556 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9558 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
9560 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9563 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
9568 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9569 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9570 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9572 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9573 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9574 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9575 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9576 int display_canonical
)
9578 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9579 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9581 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
9583 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9585 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9589 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9591 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, b
);
9593 init_breakpoint_sal (b
, gdbarch
,
9595 filter
, cond_string
, extra_string
,
9597 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9599 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9601 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9603 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9606 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9607 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9608 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9609 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9610 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9611 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9612 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9613 we take just a single condition string.
9615 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9616 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9617 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9618 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9619 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9622 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9623 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9624 char *cond_string
, char *extra_string
,
9625 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9626 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9627 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9628 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9631 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9633 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9634 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
9636 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
9638 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9639 'break', without arguments. */
9640 char *addr_string
= (canonical
->addr_string
9641 ? xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
)
9643 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
9644 struct cleanup
*inner
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
9646 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
9647 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
9650 cond_string
, extra_string
,
9652 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9653 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9654 canonical
->special_display
);
9655 discard_cleanups (inner
);
9659 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9660 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9661 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9662 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9664 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9665 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9668 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
9669 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9671 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9673 if ((*address
) == NULL
9674 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
9676 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9678 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9680 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9681 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9684 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9685 lsal
.sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
9686 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
9688 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9689 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9690 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9691 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9692 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9693 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
9695 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9697 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9698 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9699 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9700 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9701 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9703 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9705 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
9706 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9707 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9709 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
9712 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9716 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9718 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9719 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9720 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9721 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9723 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9724 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9725 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9727 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
9728 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
9729 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9730 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9731 get_last_displayed_line (),
9732 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9734 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9735 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9740 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9741 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9744 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9748 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9749 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
9752 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9753 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9754 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9755 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9756 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9760 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9761 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9764 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
9766 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9768 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9770 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9772 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
9774 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9775 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9776 associated with SAL. */
9779 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
,
9781 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9784 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9785 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9787 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9791 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9793 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9794 invalid_thread_id_error (int id
)
9796 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id
);
9799 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9800 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9801 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9802 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9803 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9804 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9807 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9808 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9811 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9818 const char *end_tok
;
9820 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9821 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9823 tok
= skip_spaces_const (tok
);
9825 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9827 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9831 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
9833 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9835 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9837 struct expression
*expr
;
9839 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9840 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9843 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9845 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9850 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9852 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9853 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
9854 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread
);
9857 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9862 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9864 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9865 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9866 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9871 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9875 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9879 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9881 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9882 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p
)
9884 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9885 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9886 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9887 char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9892 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9894 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9896 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9897 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9899 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9900 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9901 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9903 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
9904 sals
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof *sals
.sals
* sals
.nelts
);
9906 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
9908 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9910 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9912 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
9914 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9915 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
9917 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9920 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9926 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9927 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9928 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_ARG parameter. If
9929 non-zero, the function will parse ARG, extracting location,
9930 condition, thread and extra string. Otherwise, ARG is just the
9931 breakpoint's location, with condition, thread, and extra string
9932 specified by the COND_STRING, THREAD and EXTRA_STRING parameters.
9933 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be allocated
9934 from the internal breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint
9935 was created; false otherwise. */
9938 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9939 char *arg
, char *cond_string
,
9940 int thread
, char *extra_string
,
9942 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9944 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9945 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9946 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9949 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
9950 char *copy_arg
= NULL
;
9951 char *addr_start
= arg
;
9952 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9953 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9954 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9957 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9959 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9961 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9963 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
9965 ops
->create_sals_from_address (&arg
, &canonical
, type_wanted
,
9966 addr_start
, ©_arg
);
9969 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9973 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
9979 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
9981 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9984 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9985 throw_exception (e
);
9987 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9989 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9990 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9991 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9992 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9993 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9996 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9997 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9998 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9999 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
10001 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
10003 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
10004 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (copy_arg
);
10005 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
10006 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
10007 init_sal (&lsal
.sals
.sals
[0]);
10009 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, &lsal
);
10013 throw_exception (e
);
10017 throw_exception (e
);
10020 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
10021 old_chain
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
10023 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
10024 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
10025 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
10026 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
10027 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
10029 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
10030 are ok for the target. */
10034 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
10036 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
10037 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
10040 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
10041 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
10044 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
10046 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
10047 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
10050 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
10051 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
10058 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
10060 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
10062 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
10063 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
10064 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
10065 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
10067 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
10068 &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
10070 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
10072 make_cleanup (xfree
, rest
);
10074 extra_string
= rest
;
10079 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), arg
);
10081 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
10084 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
10085 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
10087 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
10090 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
10091 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
10095 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
10096 cond_string
, extra_string
, type_wanted
,
10097 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
10098 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
10099 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
10103 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10105 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
10107 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted
))
10109 struct tracepoint
*t
;
10111 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
10115 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
10117 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
10119 b
->addr_string
= copy_arg
;
10121 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
10124 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
10127 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
10128 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
10130 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
10132 b
->extra_string
= NULL
;
10133 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
10134 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
10135 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
10136 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
10137 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
10138 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
10139 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
10141 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
10144 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
10146 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
10147 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
10148 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
10151 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
10153 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
10154 /* But cleanup everything else. */
10155 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10157 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
10158 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
10163 /* Set a breakpoint.
10164 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
10165 condition, and thread.
10166 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
10167 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
10168 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
10171 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
10173 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
10174 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
10175 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
10177 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
10178 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
10180 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
10181 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
) != NULL
)
10182 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
10184 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
10186 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10188 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
10189 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
10190 0 /* Ignore count */,
10191 pending_break_support
,
10199 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
10202 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
10206 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
10208 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
10209 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
10210 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
10213 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
10214 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
10215 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
10216 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
10219 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
10221 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
10222 const struct block
*b
;
10223 struct symbol
*sym
;
10225 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
,
10226 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal
->symtab
));
10229 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
10232 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
));
10233 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
),
10238 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
10239 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
10240 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
10241 happen in assembly source). */
10243 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym
;
10244 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
10246 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
10248 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
10250 sal
->section
= MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
10252 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10259 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10261 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10265 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10267 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
10271 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10273 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
10277 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10279 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
10283 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10285 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
10286 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
10287 stop at <line>\n"));
10291 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10295 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
10297 else if (*arg
!= '*')
10299 char *argptr
= arg
;
10302 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
10303 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
10304 function/method name. */
10305 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10307 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10312 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
10314 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
10318 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
10320 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10324 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10328 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
10332 char *argptr
= arg
;
10335 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10336 it is probably a line number. */
10337 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10339 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10344 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
10346 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
10350 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10352 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10355 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10356 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10357 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10361 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10363 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10365 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
10367 0 /* Ignore count */,
10368 pending_break_support
,
10369 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
10377 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10379 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10382 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10383 ranged breakpoints. */
10386 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10387 struct address_space
*aspace
,
10389 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10391 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10392 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10395 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
10396 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
10399 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10400 ranged breakpoints. */
10403 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10405 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10408 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10409 ranged breakpoints. */
10411 static enum print_stop_action
10412 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
10414 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10415 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10416 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10418 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10420 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10421 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10423 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
10424 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
10425 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
10427 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
10428 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10430 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
10431 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
10432 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
10434 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
10435 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
10437 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
10440 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10441 ranged breakpoints. */
10444 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10445 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10447 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10448 struct value_print_options opts
;
10449 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10451 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10452 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10454 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
10456 if (opts
.addressprint
)
10457 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10458 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10459 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
10460 annotate_field (5);
10461 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
10465 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10466 ranged breakpoints. */
10469 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10470 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10472 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
10473 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10474 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10475 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10479 address_start
= bl
->address
;
10480 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
10482 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
10483 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
, "[%s, %s]",
10484 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
10485 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
10486 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
10487 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10489 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10492 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10493 ranged breakpoints. */
10496 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10498 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10499 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10502 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10504 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10507 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10508 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
10509 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
10512 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10513 ranged breakpoints. */
10516 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10518 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s", b
->addr_string
,
10519 b
->addr_string_range_end
);
10520 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10523 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10525 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
10527 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10528 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10529 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10530 last instruction of the given line. */
10533 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10537 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10538 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10539 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10546 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10548 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10550 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10557 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10560 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10562 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
, *addr_string_end
;
10563 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10564 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10566 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10567 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
10568 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10569 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
10571 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10572 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10573 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10575 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10576 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10577 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10579 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10580 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10582 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10583 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10584 error(_("No address range specified."));
10586 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10589 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg
, &canonical_start
);
10591 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10594 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10595 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
10596 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10598 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
10600 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
10601 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10602 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10604 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
10605 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10606 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10608 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10609 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10611 /* Parse the end location. */
10613 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10616 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10617 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10618 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10619 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10620 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10621 decode_line_full (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
10622 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10623 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10625 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10627 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
10628 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10630 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
10631 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
10632 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10633 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10635 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
10636 addr_string_end
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10637 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_end
);
10639 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10640 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10641 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10643 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10645 /* Length overflowed. */
10646 error (_("Address range too large."));
10647 else if (length
== 1)
10649 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10650 the `hbreak' command. */
10651 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10653 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10658 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10659 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10660 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10661 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10662 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10663 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10664 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (addr_string_start
);
10665 b
->addr_string_range_end
= xstrdup (addr_string_end
);
10666 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10668 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10671 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10672 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
10675 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10676 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10677 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10681 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10683 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10689 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10690 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10693 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10703 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10704 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10705 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10706 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10707 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10709 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10736 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10739 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10740 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10745 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10746 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10747 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10748 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10749 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10750 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10751 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10753 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10754 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10759 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10761 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10762 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10763 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10764 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10766 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10767 are always constant. */
10769 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10771 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10772 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10773 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10778 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10779 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10780 then it is not a constant. */
10789 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10792 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10794 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
10796 xfree (w
->cond_exp
);
10798 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
10799 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
10800 value_free (w
->val
);
10802 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
10805 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10808 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10810 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10812 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10813 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10815 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10816 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10817 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10818 are loaded and unloaded.
10820 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10821 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10822 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10823 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10824 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10825 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10827 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10828 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10829 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10830 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10832 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10833 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10835 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10836 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10837 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10840 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10843 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10845 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10846 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10848 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10852 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10855 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10857 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10858 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10860 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10865 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10866 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10867 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10869 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10870 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10872 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10873 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10874 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10875 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10876 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10877 (did not match the data address). */
10878 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10879 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10886 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10888 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10890 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10893 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10894 hardware watchpoints. */
10897 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10899 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10900 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10902 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10905 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10906 hardware watchpoints. */
10909 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10911 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10912 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10915 static enum print_stop_action
10916 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10918 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10919 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10920 struct ui_file
*stb
;
10921 enum print_stop_action result
;
10922 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10923 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10925 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10927 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10928 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10930 stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10931 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10935 case bp_watchpoint
:
10936 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10937 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10938 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10939 ui_out_field_string
10941 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10943 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10944 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10945 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10946 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10947 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10948 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10949 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10950 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10951 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10952 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10955 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10956 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10957 ui_out_field_string
10959 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10961 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10962 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10963 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10964 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
10965 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10966 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10969 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10970 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10972 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10973 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10974 ui_out_field_string
10976 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10978 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10979 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10980 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10981 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10982 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10987 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10988 ui_out_field_string
10990 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10991 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10992 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10994 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10995 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10996 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10997 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
11000 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
11003 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
11007 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
11011 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11013 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
11014 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11015 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11019 case bp_watchpoint
:
11020 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
11021 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
11023 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11024 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
11025 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
11027 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11028 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
11029 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
11031 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11032 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
11033 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
11036 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11037 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11040 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
11041 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
11042 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
11043 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
11046 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11050 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
11052 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11056 case bp_watchpoint
:
11057 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11058 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
11060 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11061 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
11063 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11064 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
11067 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11068 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
11071 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
11072 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
11075 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
11079 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
11081 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
11082 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
11083 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
11089 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
11091 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11093 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
11094 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11097 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11099 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
11101 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
11102 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
11105 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
11106 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11109 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11111 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
11113 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
11114 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
11117 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
11118 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11121 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
11123 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
11125 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
11128 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
11129 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11132 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
11137 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
11138 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11140 static enum print_stop_action
11141 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
11143 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
11144 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11146 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11147 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
11151 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11152 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
11153 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11154 ui_out_field_string
11156 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
11159 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11160 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11161 ui_out_field_string
11163 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
11166 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11167 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11168 ui_out_field_string
11170 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
11173 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11174 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11178 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
11179 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
11180 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
11181 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
11183 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
11184 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
11187 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
11188 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11191 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
11192 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
11194 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11196 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11197 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
11199 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
11200 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
11201 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
11204 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
11205 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11208 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11210 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11211 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11212 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
11216 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11217 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
11218 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
11220 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11221 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
11222 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
11224 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11225 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
11226 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
11229 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11230 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11233 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
11234 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
11235 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
11236 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
11239 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11240 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11243 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
11245 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11250 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11251 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
11253 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11254 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
11256 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11257 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
11260 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11261 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11264 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
11265 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
11266 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
11269 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
11271 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11273 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
11276 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
11278 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11281 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
11282 hw_read: watch read,
11283 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
11285 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
11286 int just_location
, int internal
)
11288 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
11289 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11290 struct expression
*exp
;
11291 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11292 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
11293 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
11294 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11295 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
11296 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
11297 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
11299 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
11300 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
11301 enum bptype bp_type
;
11304 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
11305 the hardware watchpoint. */
11307 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
11308 struct watchpoint
*w
;
11310 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
11312 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
11313 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
11315 const char *value_start
;
11317 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
11319 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11320 of the arguments string. */
11321 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
11323 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11324 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11327 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11328 This is the value of the parameter. */
11329 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11331 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
11333 /* Skip whitespace. */
11334 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11339 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11340 This is the parameter itself. */
11341 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11344 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
11346 if (toklen
== 6 && !strncmp (tok
, "thread", 6))
11348 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11349 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11350 only in a specific thread. */
11354 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11356 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11357 thread
= strtol (value_start
, &endp
, 0);
11359 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
11361 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
11362 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start
);
11364 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
11365 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
11366 invalid_thread_id_error (thread
);
11368 else if (toklen
== 4 && !strncmp (tok
, "mask", 4))
11370 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11371 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11373 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
11376 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11378 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
11380 mark
= value_mark ();
11381 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
11382 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
11383 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11386 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11389 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11390 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11397 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11398 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11400 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11401 expression
= savestring (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
11402 back_to
= make_cleanup (xfree
, expression
);
11403 exp_start
= arg
= expression
;
11404 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
11406 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11407 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11409 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
11412 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11413 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
11417 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
11418 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
11420 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
11423 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11424 mark
= value_mark ();
11425 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
, just_location
);
11427 if (val
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
11429 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val
);
11430 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val
);
11437 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11438 val
= value_addr (result
);
11439 release_value (val
);
11440 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11444 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
11447 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11448 else if (ret
== -2)
11449 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11452 else if (val
!= NULL
)
11453 release_value (val
);
11455 tok
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11456 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
11458 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
11459 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
11461 struct expression
*cond
;
11463 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11464 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
11465 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
11467 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11468 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11469 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11475 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11477 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
11479 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11480 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11481 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11482 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11483 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
11485 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
11488 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11489 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
11490 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
11491 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
11493 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11495 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11496 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
11498 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11499 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11501 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11502 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
11503 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11504 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
11505 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11506 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
11507 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11508 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
11509 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
11513 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11514 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11515 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11516 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11518 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
11519 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
11520 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
11521 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
11523 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
11525 w
= XCNEW (struct watchpoint
);
11528 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11529 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11531 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11532 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11533 b
->thread
= thread
;
11534 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
11535 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11537 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
11538 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
11541 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
11542 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
11545 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
11546 name
= type_to_string (t
);
11548 w
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
11549 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
11552 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11553 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
11555 /* The above expression is in C. */
11556 b
->language
= language_c
;
11559 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
11563 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
11568 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
11569 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
11574 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
11576 b
->cond_string
= 0;
11580 w
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
11581 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11585 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11586 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11589 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11591 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11592 need to act on them together. */
11593 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11594 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
11597 if (!just_location
)
11598 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11600 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11602 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11603 that should be inserted. */
11604 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
11608 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11609 throw_exception (e
);
11612 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
11613 do_cleanups (back_to
);
11616 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11617 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11620 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11622 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11623 struct value
*head
= v
;
11625 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11626 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11629 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11630 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11631 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11632 hardware watchpoint.
11634 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11635 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11636 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11637 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11638 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11639 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11640 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11641 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11642 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11644 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11645 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11646 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11647 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11648 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11650 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11652 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11653 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11654 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11655 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11656 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11657 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11661 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11662 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11663 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11665 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11666 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11667 middle of some value chain. */
11669 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11670 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11672 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11676 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11677 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11678 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11680 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11684 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11688 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11689 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11690 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11691 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11692 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11695 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11696 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11697 return found_memory_cnt
;
11701 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11703 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11706 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11707 calls watch_command_1. */
11710 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11712 int just_location
= 0;
11715 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11716 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11718 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11722 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11726 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11728 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11732 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11734 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11738 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11740 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11744 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11746 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11750 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11752 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11756 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11757 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11759 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11761 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11762 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
11766 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11767 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11768 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11771 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
, int err
)
11773 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
11775 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
11776 if (a
->breakpoint2
)
11777 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
11778 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a
->thread_num
);
11782 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11784 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11785 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11786 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11787 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11788 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11789 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11790 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11791 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
11792 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11794 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11796 clear_proceed_status (0);
11798 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11801 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11802 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11803 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11804 get_last_displayed_line ());
11806 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11807 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
11809 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
11810 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11812 sal
= sals
.sals
[0];
11813 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11816 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11818 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11820 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11823 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11825 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11826 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11827 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11830 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11831 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11832 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11833 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11835 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11838 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11840 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11842 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11843 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11844 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11848 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
11850 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11851 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11854 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11858 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11859 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11860 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11861 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11863 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11864 only at the very same frame. */
11865 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11866 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11867 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
11869 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
11871 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11872 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11873 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11874 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11876 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
11878 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
11879 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
11881 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
11882 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
11883 args
->thread_num
= thread
;
11885 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11886 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11887 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
11891 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
11894 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11895 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11897 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11898 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11899 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11900 if clause in the arg string. */
11903 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
11907 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11910 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11913 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11914 condition string. */
11915 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11916 cond_string
= *arg
;
11918 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11920 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11922 return cond_string
;
11925 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11926 process start/exit, etc. */
11930 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11931 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11936 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11937 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11939 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11940 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11941 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11944 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11945 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11946 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11950 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11952 /* The allowed syntax is:
11954 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11956 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11957 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11959 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11960 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11962 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11963 and enable reporting of such events. */
11966 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11967 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11968 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11969 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11971 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11972 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11973 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11974 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11977 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11983 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11984 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11986 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
11987 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11989 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11991 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11995 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11997 /* The allowed syntax is:
11999 catch exec if <cond>
12001 First, check if there's an if clause. */
12002 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
12004 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
12005 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
12007 c
= XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint
);
12008 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
12009 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
12010 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
12012 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
12016 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12017 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12018 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
12020 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12027 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
12029 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
12031 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
12032 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
12033 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
12034 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
12035 used for different exception names will use the same address.
12036 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
12037 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
12038 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
12039 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
12040 enough for now, though. */
12043 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
12045 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
12046 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
12047 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
12048 b
->language
= language_ada
;
12051 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
12052 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
12054 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
12056 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
12057 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result
);
12058 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= target_gdbarch ();
12060 while (*arg
!= '\0')
12062 int i
, syscall_number
;
12064 char cur_name
[128];
12067 /* Skip whitespace. */
12068 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
12070 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
12071 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
12072 cur_name
[i
] = '\0';
12075 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
12076 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
12077 if (*endptr
== '\0')
12078 get_syscall_by_number (gdbarch
, syscall_number
, &s
);
12081 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
12083 get_syscall_by_name (gdbarch
, cur_name
, &s
);
12085 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
12086 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
12087 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
12088 syscall number to be caught. */
12089 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
12092 /* Ok, it's valid. */
12093 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
12096 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
12100 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
12103 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
12104 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
12109 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
12111 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
12112 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
12113 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
12114 this architecture yet."));
12116 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
12118 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
12120 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
12121 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
12122 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
12123 for his/her architecture. */
12124 get_syscall_by_number (gdbarch
, 0, &s
);
12126 /* The allowed syntax is:
12128 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
12130 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
12133 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
12137 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
12138 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
12142 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12144 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
12149 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12151 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
12154 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
12157 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
12159 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= a
;
12160 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
12161 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= b
;
12162 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
12164 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
12166 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
12169 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
12173 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
12176 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
12179 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12181 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
12182 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
12185 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
12186 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
12188 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
12192 sals
= decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
12193 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
12194 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
12195 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
12200 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
12201 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
12202 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
12203 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
12205 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
12206 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
12207 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
12208 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
12209 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
12210 error (_("No source file specified."));
12212 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
12218 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
12219 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
12220 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
12221 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
12223 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
12224 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
12225 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
12226 due to optimization, all in one block.
12228 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
12229 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
12230 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
12231 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
12232 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
12233 to support that. */
12235 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
12236 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
12237 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
12241 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
12242 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
12244 const char *sal_fullname
;
12246 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
12247 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
12248 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
12251 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
12256 1 0 <can't happen> */
12258 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
12259 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
12260 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
12262 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
12263 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12266 /* Are we going to delete b? */
12267 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
12269 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12270 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12272 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
12273 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
12274 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
12276 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
12277 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
12278 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
12279 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
12280 int line_match
= 0;
12282 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
12283 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
12284 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
12285 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
12286 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
12287 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
12288 sal_fullname
) == 0)
12291 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
12300 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
12304 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12305 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
12308 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
12310 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12313 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12314 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12315 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12316 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
12317 compare_breakpoints
);
12318 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
12319 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
12323 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
12328 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
12329 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12332 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
12333 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12335 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12338 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
12341 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
12342 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12345 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12347 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12350 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12351 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12352 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12355 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
12357 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
12359 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12360 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
12361 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
12363 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
12365 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
12367 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
12368 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12372 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12373 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12374 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12375 secondarily by ordering first permanent elements and
12376 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12377 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12380 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
12382 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
12383 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
12385 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
12386 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
12388 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12389 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12392 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
12393 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
12394 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
12396 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12397 if (a
->permanent
!= b
->permanent
)
12398 return (a
->permanent
< b
->permanent
) - (a
->permanent
> b
->permanent
);
12400 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12401 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12402 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12404 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
12405 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
12406 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
12408 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
12411 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12412 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12413 content of the bp_location array. */
12416 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12418 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
12420 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
12421 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
12423 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
12425 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
12427 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
12430 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
12431 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
12433 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
12434 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
12435 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
12436 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
12438 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12440 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
12441 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
12442 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
12443 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
12447 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12450 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12452 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12453 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
12455 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12458 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
12460 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12462 struct bp_location
*bl
;
12463 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12464 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
12466 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12467 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12468 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12471 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
12473 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12474 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12475 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12476 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12479 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12481 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12484 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
12486 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12487 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
12488 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
12489 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12492 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
12495 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12498 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12500 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12501 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12502 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12503 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12505 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12506 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12507 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12508 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12509 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12511 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12512 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12513 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12514 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12515 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12516 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12517 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12518 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12521 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12522 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12523 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12527 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12529 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12530 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12531 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12534 address
= bl
->address
;
12535 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12537 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12538 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12539 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12541 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12542 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12545 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12546 the same program space as the location
12547 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12548 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12549 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12553 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12554 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12557 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12558 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12559 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12560 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12561 that have already been marked. */
12562 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12564 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12566 if (loc
->cond_bytecode
)
12568 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
12569 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
12573 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
12574 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
12575 locations are duplicate of which.
12577 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
12578 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
12582 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12584 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12585 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12586 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12587 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12588 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12589 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12590 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12592 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12593 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12594 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12595 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12596 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12598 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12599 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12600 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12601 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12603 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12604 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12605 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
12606 unsigned old_location_count
;
12608 old_location
= bp_location
;
12609 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
12610 bp_location
= NULL
;
12611 bp_location_count
= 0;
12612 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
12614 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12615 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12616 bp_location_count
++;
12618 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
12619 locp
= bp_location
;
12620 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12621 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12623 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
12624 bp_location_compare
);
12626 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12628 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12629 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12630 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12631 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12632 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12635 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12636 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12638 locp
= bp_location
;
12639 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
12642 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12643 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12645 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12646 not, we have to free it. */
12647 int found_object
= 0;
12648 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12649 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12652 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12653 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12654 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12655 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12659 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12660 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12663 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12664 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12665 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12667 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12668 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12669 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12671 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12672 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12675 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12679 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12680 have to go through updates again. */
12681 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12683 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12685 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12687 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12688 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12689 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12690 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12691 at certain location is not inserted. */
12693 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12695 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12698 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12700 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12701 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12702 keep_in_target
= 1;
12706 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12707 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12708 remove its target-side condition. */
12710 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12711 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12712 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12713 this one from the target. */
12715 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12716 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12719 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12720 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12723 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12725 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12727 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12728 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12729 supported, but the latter are. */
12730 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12732 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12733 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12736 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12737 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12739 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12740 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12742 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12743 keep_in_target
= 1;
12751 if (!keep_in_target
)
12753 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
12755 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12756 this location on the global list, and try to
12757 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12758 reason why we will succeed next time.
12760 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12761 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12762 only after calling us. */
12763 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12764 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12765 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12773 if (removed
&& non_stop
12774 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
12775 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12777 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12778 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12779 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12780 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12781 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12782 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12783 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12784 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12785 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12786 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12787 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12788 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12789 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12790 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12793 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12794 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12796 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12797 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12798 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12799 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12800 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12801 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12802 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12803 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12804 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12805 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12806 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12807 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12808 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12811 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12812 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12813 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12814 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12816 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12817 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12818 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12819 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12820 traps we can no longer explain. */
12822 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12823 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12825 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12829 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12830 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12835 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12836 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12837 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12838 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12839 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12840 are sorted first for the same address.
12842 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12843 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12845 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12846 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12847 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12848 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12849 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12851 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12853 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12856 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12857 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12858 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12859 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12860 `struct bp_location'. */
12861 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12863 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12864 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12868 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12869 if (loc
->permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
12870 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12871 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12872 "actually inserted"));
12874 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12875 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12876 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12877 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12878 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12879 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12881 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12883 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12884 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12885 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12887 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12888 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12890 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12892 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12893 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12894 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12900 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12901 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12902 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12904 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12905 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12907 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12908 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12910 if (loc
->inserted
&& !loc
->permanent
12911 && (*loc_first_p
)->permanent
)
12912 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12913 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12914 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12917 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12919 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12920 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12923 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12924 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12925 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12926 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12927 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12929 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12933 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12934 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12936 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12940 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12942 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12945 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12946 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12948 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12949 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12955 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12957 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
12959 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12960 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
12963 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12966 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12970 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12971 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12973 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12974 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12975 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12979 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12981 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12983 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
12985 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12989 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12993 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12995 struct value_print_options opts
;
12997 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12999 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
13001 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
13003 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
13007 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
13009 printf_filtered (" at ");
13010 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
13013 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
13015 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
13017 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
13018 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
13019 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
13020 b
->loc
->line_number
);
13022 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
13023 different file name, and this at least reflects the
13024 real situation somewhat. */
13025 printf_filtered (": %s.", b
->addr_string
);
13030 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
13032 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13034 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
13039 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
13042 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
13044 xfree (self
->cond
);
13045 if (self
->cond_bytecode
)
13046 free_agent_expr (self
->cond_bytecode
);
13047 xfree (self
->function_name
);
13049 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, self
->target_info
.conditions
);
13050 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, self
->target_info
.tcommands
);
13053 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
13058 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
13062 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13064 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
13065 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
13066 xfree (self
->extra_string
);
13067 xfree (self
->addr_string
);
13068 xfree (self
->filter
);
13069 xfree (self
->addr_string_range_end
);
13072 static struct bp_location
*
13073 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13075 struct bp_location
*loc
;
13077 loc
= XNEW (struct bp_location
);
13078 init_bp_location (loc
, &bp_location_ops
, self
);
13083 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13085 /* Nothing to re-set. */
13088 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
13089 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
13092 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13094 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13098 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13100 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13104 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13105 struct address_space
*aspace
,
13107 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13109 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13113 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13118 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
13122 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
13124 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13127 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
13131 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
13133 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13136 static enum print_stop_action
13137 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13139 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13143 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13144 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13150 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13152 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13156 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13158 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13162 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13163 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13164 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13168 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13172 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13173 struct linespec_result
*c
,
13175 char *extra_string
,
13176 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13177 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13179 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13180 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
13181 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13182 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13184 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13188 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13189 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13191 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13194 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
13197 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
13202 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
13205 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13207 /* Nothing to do. */
13210 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
13212 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
13213 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
13214 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
13215 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
13216 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
13217 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
13218 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
13219 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
13220 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
13221 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
13223 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
13224 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
13225 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
13226 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address
,
13227 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
13228 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec
,
13229 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
13230 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
13233 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
13236 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13238 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
13239 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
13241 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
13242 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13246 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13250 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13252 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
13253 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13255 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13259 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13261 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
13262 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13264 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13268 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13269 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13270 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13272 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
13273 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
13276 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
13280 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
13281 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
13282 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
13289 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13290 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13291 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13293 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
13294 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
13296 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
13297 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
13298 be set at the same address. */
13302 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
13306 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
13308 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
13313 static enum print_stop_action
13314 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13316 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13317 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
13319 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13321 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
13323 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
13324 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13326 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
13327 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
13328 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
13331 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
13333 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
13335 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
13336 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13338 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
13339 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
13340 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
13342 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
13343 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
13345 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
13349 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13351 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13356 case bp_breakpoint
:
13357 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
13358 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13359 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13361 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13362 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13363 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
13364 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13366 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
13367 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
13370 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
13378 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13380 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13381 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
13382 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
13383 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
13384 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
13385 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13386 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
13387 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
13388 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
13390 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13391 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
13393 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->addr_string
);
13394 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13398 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13399 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13400 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13401 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13403 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13404 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13408 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13409 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13411 char *extra_string
,
13412 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13413 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13415 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13416 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13417 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13418 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13420 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13421 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13423 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13424 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13425 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13429 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13430 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13432 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13435 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13438 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13442 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13443 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13444 case bp_overlay_event
:
13445 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13446 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13447 case bp_exception_master
:
13448 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13451 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13452 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13453 case bp_shlib_event
:
13455 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13456 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13457 case bp_thread_event
:
13463 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13465 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13467 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13468 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13469 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13470 objects (among other things). */
13471 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13472 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13478 static enum print_stop_action
13479 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13481 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13483 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13487 case bp_shlib_event
:
13488 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13489 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13490 to shlib event" message.) */
13491 print_solib_event (0);
13494 case bp_thread_event
:
13495 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13496 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13497 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13500 case bp_overlay_event
:
13501 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13502 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13505 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13506 /* These should never be enabled. */
13507 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13510 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13511 /* These should never be enabled. */
13512 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13513 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13516 case bp_exception_master
:
13517 /* These should never be enabled. */
13518 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13519 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13523 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13527 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13529 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13532 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13535 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13537 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13538 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13539 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13540 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13544 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13546 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13549 static enum print_stop_action
13550 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13552 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13554 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13556 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13561 ui_out_field_string
13563 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
13567 ui_out_field_string
13569 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
13574 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13578 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13580 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13583 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13585 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13586 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13589 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13591 struct thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_id (self
->thread
);
13594 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13596 momentary_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
13599 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13602 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13604 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13608 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13610 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13611 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13620 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13622 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13623 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13624 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13628 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
);
13632 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13633 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13634 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13635 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13637 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13639 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (arg
, canonical
);
13641 *copy_arg
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13642 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13644 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13648 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13649 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13651 *sals
= parse_probes (s
, NULL
);
13653 error (_("probe not found"));
13656 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13659 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13661 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13665 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13666 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13667 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13669 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13675 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13676 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13678 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13679 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13681 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13683 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
13684 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13685 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13686 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13691 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13693 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13698 case bp_tracepoint
:
13699 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13700 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13702 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13703 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13704 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13706 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13707 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13708 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13711 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13712 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13719 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13721 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13723 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13724 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13725 if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13726 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13727 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13728 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13730 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13731 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13733 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->addr_string
);
13734 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13736 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13737 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13741 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13742 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13743 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13744 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13746 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13747 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13751 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13752 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13754 char *extra_string
,
13755 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13756 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13758 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13759 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13760 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13761 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13763 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13764 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13766 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13767 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13768 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13772 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13773 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13775 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13778 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13780 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13784 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13785 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13786 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13787 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13789 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13790 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13791 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13795 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13796 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13798 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13799 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b
, s
, sals
);
13802 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13804 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13807 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13809 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13811 /* This breakpoint could have been pending, and be resolved now, and
13812 if so, we should now have the extra string. If we don't, the
13813 dprintf was malformed when created, but we couldn't tell because
13814 we can't extract the extra string until the location is
13816 if (b
->loc
!= NULL
&& b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
13817 error (_("Format string required"));
13819 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13820 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13821 3 - disconnect from target 1
13822 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13824 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13825 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13826 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13827 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13828 it all the time. */
13829 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13830 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
13833 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13836 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13838 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s%s", tp
->addr_string
,
13840 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13843 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13846 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13847 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13848 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13849 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13850 address are all handled. */
13853 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13855 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13856 struct bpstats tmp_bs
= { NULL
};
13857 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
13859 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13860 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13861 condition not be evaluated. */
13864 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13865 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13866 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13867 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13868 commands here throws. */
13869 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
13870 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
13871 old_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs
.commands
);
13873 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
13875 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13876 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13878 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
13881 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13885 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13886 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13887 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13888 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13890 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13892 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg
);
13894 *copy_arg
= savestring (addr_start
, *arg
- addr_start
);
13896 canonical
->addr_string
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13897 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13898 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13902 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13903 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13905 char *extra_string
,
13906 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13907 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13909 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13910 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13911 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13912 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13915 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
,
13916 canonical
->sals
, 0);
13918 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13919 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13920 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13921 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13922 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13923 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13925 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13927 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
13928 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
13929 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13932 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
13933 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
13935 addr_string
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13936 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
13938 tp
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
13939 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
13941 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13942 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13943 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13944 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13945 canonical
->special_display
);
13946 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13947 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13948 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13949 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13950 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13951 corresponds to this one */
13952 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13954 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
13956 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
13961 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13962 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13964 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13966 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s
);
13967 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13969 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13973 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13976 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13979 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13981 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13984 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13988 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13990 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13992 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13994 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13995 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13998 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13999 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
14000 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
14001 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
14002 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
14005 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
14006 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
14007 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
14008 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
14010 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
14013 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
14014 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
14015 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
14017 struct breakpoint
*related
;
14018 struct watchpoint
*w
;
14020 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14021 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
14022 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14023 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14027 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
14029 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
14030 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
14031 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
14032 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
14033 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
14036 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
14037 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
14038 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
14039 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
14041 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
14043 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
14044 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
14046 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14047 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
14049 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
14053 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
14055 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
14056 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
14057 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
14058 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
14059 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
14060 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
14061 commands won't work. */
14063 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
14065 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
14066 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
14067 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
14068 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
14069 might be better design to have location completely
14070 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
14071 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14073 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
14074 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
14075 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
14076 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
14081 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
14083 delete_breakpoint (b
);
14087 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14089 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
14092 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
14093 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
14096 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14097 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14101 struct breakpoint
*related
;
14106 struct breakpoint
*next
;
14108 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
14109 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
14111 if (next
== related
)
14113 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
14114 function (related
, data
);
14116 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
14117 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
14122 function (related
, data
);
14126 while (related
!= b
);
14130 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14132 delete_breakpoint (b
);
14135 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14136 delete_breakpoint. */
14139 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14141 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14145 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14147 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14153 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
14155 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
14156 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
14157 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
14158 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14159 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14161 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
14165 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14167 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
14169 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14170 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14171 delete_breakpoint (b
);
14175 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14179 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
14181 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14182 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
14183 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14188 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
14189 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
14190 Null names are ignored. */
14193 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
14195 struct bp_location
*l
;
14196 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
14197 (int (*) (const void *,
14198 const void *)) streq
,
14199 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
14201 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14204 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
14206 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
14210 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
14212 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
14216 htab_delete (htab
);
14222 htab_delete (htab
);
14226 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
14227 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
14228 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
14229 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
14230 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
14231 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
14232 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
14233 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
14236 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
14237 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
14238 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
14239 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
14240 in the sources, and output a warning.
14242 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
14243 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
14244 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
14245 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
14246 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
14249 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
14250 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
14251 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
14252 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
14253 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
14254 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
14255 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
14256 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
14257 precisely because it confuses tools). */
14259 static struct symtab_and_line
14260 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
14262 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14263 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
14268 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
14270 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
14272 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
14273 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
14275 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
14277 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14278 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
14279 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
14284 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
14286 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
14288 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
14289 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
14291 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
14294 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14296 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
14298 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
14299 struct symbol
*sym
;
14300 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
14301 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
14303 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
14305 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14306 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
14308 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
14309 "found at previous line number"),
14310 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14314 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
14316 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
14317 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
14318 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
14321 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
14322 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
14323 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
14325 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
14326 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
14327 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
14329 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
14331 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
14333 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
14336 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal2
.line
);
14337 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
14339 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
14340 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
14342 xfree (b
->addr_string
);
14343 b
->addr_string
= xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
14344 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
),
14345 b
->loc
->line_number
);
14347 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14350 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
14356 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14357 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14360 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
14364 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
14367 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
14370 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
14377 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
14383 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
14384 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
14385 a ranged breakpoint. */
14388 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14389 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
14390 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
14393 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
14395 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
14397 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14399 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14400 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14401 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14402 "multiple locations found\n"),
14407 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14408 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14409 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14410 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14411 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14412 individual locations. */
14413 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
14418 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14420 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
14422 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
14424 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
14426 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14428 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
14431 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14433 s
= b
->cond_string
;
14434 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14436 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sals
.sals
[i
].pc
,
14437 block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
14442 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14443 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14444 b
->number
, e
.message
);
14445 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
14449 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
14451 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
14453 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
14457 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14460 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
14461 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14462 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14463 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14464 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14465 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14466 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
14468 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
14470 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
14472 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
14473 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
14475 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14476 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
14484 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14485 if (l
->function_name
14486 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
14496 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
14497 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14499 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14502 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14503 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14505 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14506 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *addr_string
, int *found
)
14509 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
14510 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14512 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
14515 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14517 b
->ops
->decode_linespec (b
, &s
, &sals
);
14521 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
14522 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14523 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14524 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14525 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14526 state, then user already saw the message about that
14527 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14529 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14530 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
14531 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
14532 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14533 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
14534 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14536 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14538 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14539 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14540 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14541 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14542 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14543 which approach is better. */
14544 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14545 throw_exception (e
);
14549 if (e
.reason
== 0 || e
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14553 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14554 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
14555 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
14557 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14560 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
14561 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14564 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14565 b
->thread
= thread
;
14568 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14569 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14572 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14573 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
14583 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14584 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14588 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14591 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
14592 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
14593 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
14595 sals
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string
, &found
);
14598 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
14602 if (b
->addr_string_range_end
)
14604 sals_end
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string_range_end
, &found
);
14607 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
14608 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
14612 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14615 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14616 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14619 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg
,
14620 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14621 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14622 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
14624 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg
, canonical
);
14627 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14628 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14632 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14633 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14635 char *extra_string
,
14636 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14637 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14639 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14640 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14641 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14642 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14644 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
, cond_string
,
14646 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14647 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14648 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14651 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14652 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14655 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
14656 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14658 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14660 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14661 decode_line_full (s
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
14662 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14663 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14666 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14667 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
14669 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
14671 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
14673 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
14674 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
14675 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14677 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
14680 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14683 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14685 static struct cleanup
*
14686 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14688 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14690 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14691 cleanups
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
14692 if (b
->pspace
!= NULL
)
14693 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
14694 set_language (b
->language
);
14699 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14700 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14701 Unused in this case. */
14704 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14706 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14707 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14708 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14710 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14711 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14712 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14716 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14718 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14720 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14721 enum language save_language
;
14722 int save_input_radix
;
14723 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
14725 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14726 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14727 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
14729 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14731 /* Format possible error msg. */
14732 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14734 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14735 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14736 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14738 set_language (save_language
);
14739 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14741 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14743 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
14745 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14746 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14747 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14748 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14751 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14753 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14754 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14756 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14758 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14760 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14761 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14763 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14764 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14765 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14767 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14771 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14772 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14773 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14776 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14778 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14783 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14784 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14786 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14788 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14789 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14794 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14798 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14799 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14801 else if (count
== 1)
14802 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14805 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14806 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14809 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14813 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14816 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14819 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14825 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14827 num
= get_number (&p
);
14829 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14831 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14833 set_ignore_count (num
,
14834 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14837 printf_filtered ("\n");
14840 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14841 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14844 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14849 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14851 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
14854 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14856 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
14858 while (!state
.finished
)
14860 const char *p
= state
.string
;
14864 num
= get_number_or_range (&state
);
14867 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14871 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14872 if (b
->number
== num
)
14875 function (b
, data
);
14879 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14884 static struct bp_location
*
14885 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
14887 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
14891 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14892 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14897 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14899 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14901 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14902 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14907 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14908 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14911 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14913 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
14917 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
14920 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
14926 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14927 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14928 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14931 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14933 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14934 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14935 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14936 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14939 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14941 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14942 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14944 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14945 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14947 struct bp_location
*location
;
14949 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14950 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14953 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14955 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14958 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14961 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14963 disable_breakpoint (b
);
14966 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14967 disable_breakpoint. */
14970 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14972 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14976 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14980 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14982 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14983 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14984 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14988 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14992 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14994 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
15001 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
15003 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15004 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
15005 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
15006 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
15008 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
15011 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15012 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
15018 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
15021 int target_resources_ok
;
15023 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
15026 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
15027 target_resources_ok
=
15028 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
15030 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
15031 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
15032 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
15033 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
15036 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
15038 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
15039 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= 0;
15040 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
15042 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15044 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
15046 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
15047 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
15048 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
15052 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
15053 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
15059 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
15061 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
15062 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
15064 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15065 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
15067 struct bp_location
*location
;
15069 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
15070 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
15073 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
15074 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
15075 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
15077 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
15082 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
15084 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
15088 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
15090 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
15093 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
15094 enable_breakpoint. */
15097 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
15099 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15102 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
15103 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
15104 in stopping the inferior. */
15107 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15111 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
15113 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
15114 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
15115 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
15119 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
15123 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
15125 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
15132 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
15134 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15135 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
15136 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
15137 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
15139 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
15142 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15143 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
15148 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
15158 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
15160 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
15162 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
15166 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
15168 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
15170 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
15174 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15176 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15180 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
15182 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
15184 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
15188 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15190 int count
= get_number (&args
);
15192 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
15196 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
15198 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
15200 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
15204 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15206 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15210 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15215 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15219 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
15220 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
15224 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
15225 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
15226 const bfd_byte
*data
)
15228 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
15230 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
15231 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
15232 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
15234 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
15236 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
15238 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15240 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
15241 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
15242 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
15243 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
15245 value_free (wp
->val
);
15253 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
15256 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
15257 struct address_space
*aspace
,
15260 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
15261 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
15262 CORE_ADDR pc
= next_pc
;
15264 if (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
== NULL
)
15266 tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
15267 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp
->num
, gdbarch
);
15270 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
15272 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
15273 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
15274 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
, &sal
);
15276 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
15279 /* See breakpoint.h. */
15282 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint
*bp
,
15283 struct address_space
*aspace
,
15286 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15288 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
15290 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
15296 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15300 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
15303 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
15305 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
15307 if (bpt
->type
== bp_single_step
15308 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt
, aspace
, pc
))
15314 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
15315 non-zero otherwise. */
15317 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
15319 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
15320 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
15321 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
15328 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
15330 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
15331 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
15333 return inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
15337 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
15339 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
15341 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
15342 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
15344 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bp
;
15346 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
15350 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
15352 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
15362 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15363 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
15364 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
15365 const char *text
, const char *word
)
15367 const char **list
= get_syscall_names (get_current_arch ());
15368 VEC (char_ptr
) *retlist
15369 = (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, word
, word
);
15375 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15377 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15379 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
15381 tracepoint_count
= num
;
15382 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
15386 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15388 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15389 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
15391 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
))
15392 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15394 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15396 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15398 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15400 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15401 0 /* Ignore count */,
15402 pending_break_support
,
15406 0 /* internal */, 0);
15410 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15412 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15414 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15416 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15417 0 /* Ignore count */,
15418 pending_break_support
,
15419 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15422 0 /* internal */, 0);
15425 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15428 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15430 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15432 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15433 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15434 if (arg
&& strncmp (arg
, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg
[2]))
15435 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15437 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15439 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15441 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15443 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15444 0 /* Ignore count */,
15445 pending_break_support
,
15449 0 /* internal */, 0);
15452 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15453 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15455 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
15456 static int next_cmd
;
15459 read_uploaded_action (void)
15463 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
15470 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15471 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15472 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15473 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15474 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15476 struct tracepoint
*
15477 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
15479 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
15480 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
15482 if (utp
->at_string
)
15483 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
15486 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15487 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15488 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15490 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15491 "source location, using raw address"),
15493 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
15494 addr_str
= small_buf
;
15497 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15498 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
15499 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15500 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15503 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15505 utp
->cond_string
, -1, NULL
,
15506 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15508 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
15509 0 /* Ignore count */,
15510 pending_break_support
,
15511 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15513 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
15515 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
15518 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15519 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15520 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15524 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
15527 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15530 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15531 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15532 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15534 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15536 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
15541 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15543 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, cmd_list
);
15545 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15546 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15547 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15548 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15551 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15552 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15553 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15558 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15562 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15564 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15567 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15569 if (num_printed
== 0)
15571 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15572 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15574 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15577 default_collect_info ();
15580 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15581 Not supported by all targets. */
15583 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15585 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15588 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15589 Not supported by all targets. */
15591 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15593 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15596 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15598 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15600 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15606 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15608 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15609 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15610 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15612 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15613 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15615 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15619 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15621 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15623 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15624 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15625 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15629 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15632 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15635 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15637 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15638 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp
->base
);
15640 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15641 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
15644 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15646 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15647 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15648 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15651 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15653 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15654 unsigned int count
;
15656 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15657 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15658 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15660 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15662 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
15663 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15665 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15667 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15669 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15671 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15673 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15674 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15677 else if (*args
== '\0')
15679 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
15681 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15685 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
15687 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
15688 while (!state
.finished
)
15690 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &state
);
15692 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15697 struct tracepoint
*
15698 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15700 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15702 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15703 if (t
->number
== num
)
15704 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15709 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15710 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15713 struct tracepoint
*
15714 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15716 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15718 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15720 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15722 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15729 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15730 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15731 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15732 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15734 struct tracepoint
*
15735 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15736 struct get_number_or_range_state
*state
)
15738 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15740 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15744 gdb_assert (!state
->finished
);
15745 tpnum
= get_number_or_range (state
);
15747 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15748 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15750 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15754 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15755 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15758 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15762 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15763 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15765 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15768 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15773 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15775 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15776 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15779 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15781 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15784 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15785 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15786 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15790 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15791 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15793 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15795 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15796 struct ui_file
*fp
;
15797 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15799 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15800 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15802 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15803 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15805 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15806 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15809 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15810 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15815 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15817 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15819 /* We can stop searching. */
15826 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15830 filename
= tilde_expand (filename
);
15831 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, filename
);
15832 fp
= gdb_fopen (filename
, "w");
15834 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15835 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
15836 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
15838 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15839 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
15841 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15843 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15844 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15847 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15848 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15851 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, fp
);
15853 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15854 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15857 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15858 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15860 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15861 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15863 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15865 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
15867 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
15869 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, fp
);
15870 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15872 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
15874 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
15877 throw_exception (ex
);
15879 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
15882 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15883 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum\n");
15885 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15886 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15887 special, and not user visible. */
15888 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15890 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15893 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15895 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15899 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15900 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15903 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
15904 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15907 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15910 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15912 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15915 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15918 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15920 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15923 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15925 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15926 all_tracepoints (void)
15928 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15929 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15931 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15933 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15940 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15941 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15942 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15944 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15945 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15946 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15947 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15948 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15949 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15950 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15951 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15952 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15953 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15954 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15956 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15957 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15959 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15960 conditions are different.\n\
15962 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15964 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15965 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15967 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15968 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15971 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
15972 cmd_sfunc_ftype
*sfunc
,
15973 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15974 void *user_data_catch
,
15975 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15977 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15979 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15981 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15982 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15983 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15985 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15987 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15988 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15989 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15993 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior
*inf
)
15995 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
15996 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
15998 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
15999 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
16000 VEC_free (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
16004 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
16006 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
16007 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
16008 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", all_commands
, gdb_stdout
);
16011 struct breakpoint
*
16012 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
16015 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
16017 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
16019 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
16026 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
16027 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
16030 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
16032 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
16033 non-inline function. */
16034 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
16040 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
16041 have been inlined. */
16044 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
16045 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
16047 struct breakpoint
*b
;
16048 struct bp_location
*bl
;
16050 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
16052 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
16055 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
16057 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
16058 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
16066 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
16069 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
16071 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
16073 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
16074 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc
->symtab
) == objfile
)
16075 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
16079 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
16081 static int initialized
= 0;
16083 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
16089 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
16090 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
16091 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
16092 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16093 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16094 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
16095 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
16096 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
16097 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
16098 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_create_sals_from_address
;
16099 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
16100 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_decode_linespec
;
16102 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
16103 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
16104 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16105 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
16106 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
16107 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
16108 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
16109 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
16111 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
16112 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
16113 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
16114 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
16115 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
16116 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
16117 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
16118 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
16119 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
16120 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
16122 /* Internal breakpoints. */
16123 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
16124 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16125 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
16126 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
16127 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
16128 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
16130 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
16131 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
16132 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16133 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
16134 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
16135 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
16136 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
16138 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
16139 ops
= &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
16140 *ops
= momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
16141 ops
->dtor
= longjmp_bkpt_dtor
;
16143 /* Probe breakpoints. */
16144 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
16145 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
16146 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
16147 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
16148 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
16149 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_probe_decode_linespec
;
16152 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16153 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16154 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
16155 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
16156 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
16157 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
16158 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
16159 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
16160 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
16161 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
16162 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
16163 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
16164 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
16165 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
16167 /* Masked watchpoints. */
16168 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16169 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16170 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
16171 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
16172 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
16173 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
16174 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
16175 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
16176 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
16177 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
16180 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16181 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16182 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
16183 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
16184 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
16185 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
16186 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
16187 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_address
;
16188 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
16189 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_decode_linespec
;
16191 /* Probe tracepoints. */
16192 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
16193 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16194 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
16195 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec
;
16197 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
16198 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
16199 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16200 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_address
;
16201 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
16202 ops
->decode_linespec
= strace_marker_decode_linespec
;
16204 /* Fork catchpoints. */
16205 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
16206 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16207 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
16208 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
16209 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
16210 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
16211 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
16212 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
16213 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
16215 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
16216 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
16217 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16218 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
16219 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
16220 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
16221 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
16222 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
16223 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
16224 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
16226 /* Exec catchpoints. */
16227 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
16228 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16229 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
16230 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
16231 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
16232 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
16233 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
16234 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
16235 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
16236 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
16238 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
16239 ops
= &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
16240 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16241 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_syscall
;
16242 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_syscall
;
16243 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_syscall
;
16244 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
;
16245 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_syscall
;
16246 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_syscall
;
16247 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_syscall
;
16248 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_syscall
;
16250 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
16251 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
16252 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16253 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_solib
;
16254 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
16255 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
16256 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
16257 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
16258 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
16259 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
16260 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
16261 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
16263 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
16264 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16265 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
16266 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
16267 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
16268 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
16269 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
16270 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
16271 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= dprintf_breakpoint_hit
;
16274 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16276 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
16279 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16281 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
16283 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16285 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
16286 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
);
16287 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
16288 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
16290 breakpoint_objfile_key
16291 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
16293 catch_syscall_inferior_data
16294 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL
,
16295 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup
);
16297 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
16298 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16299 before a breakpoint is set. */
16300 breakpoint_count
= 0;
16302 tracepoint_count
= 0;
16304 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
16305 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16306 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16308 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16310 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
16311 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16312 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16313 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16314 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16315 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16316 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16317 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16319 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
16320 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16321 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16322 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16323 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
16325 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
16326 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16327 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16328 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16329 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16331 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16332 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16334 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
16335 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16336 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16337 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16339 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16340 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16342 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
16343 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16344 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16345 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16347 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16348 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16350 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16351 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16352 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16353 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16354 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16355 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16356 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16358 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16359 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16360 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16361 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16362 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16363 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16365 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16367 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16368 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16369 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16370 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16371 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16372 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
16374 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16375 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16376 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16379 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16380 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16381 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16384 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16385 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16386 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16387 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16390 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16391 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16392 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16395 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16396 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16397 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16400 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16401 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16402 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16403 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16406 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16407 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16408 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16409 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16410 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16411 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16412 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16413 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16415 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16416 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16417 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16418 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16419 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16421 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
16422 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16423 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16424 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16425 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16426 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16429 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16430 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16431 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16432 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16434 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16435 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16436 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16437 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16438 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16440 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16441 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16442 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16443 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16445 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
16446 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16447 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16448 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16449 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16452 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
16453 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16454 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16455 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16456 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16457 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16459 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16460 is executing in.\n\
16462 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16463 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16465 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
16466 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16467 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16468 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16470 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
16471 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
16472 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
16473 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
16476 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16480 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
16481 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16482 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16483 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
16484 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
16485 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
16486 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
16487 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16488 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16489 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16490 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16491 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16492 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16493 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16494 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16495 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16497 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16498 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16499 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16500 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16501 breakpoint set."));
16504 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
16505 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16506 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16507 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16508 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16509 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16510 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16511 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16512 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16514 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16515 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16516 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16517 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16518 breakpoint set."));
16520 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16523 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16524 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16525 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16526 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16527 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16528 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16529 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16530 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16531 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16533 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16534 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16535 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16536 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16537 breakpoint set."));
16539 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
16540 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16541 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16542 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16543 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16544 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16545 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16546 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16547 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16548 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16549 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16550 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16551 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16553 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16554 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16555 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16556 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16558 &maintenanceinfolist
);
16560 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
16561 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16562 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
16563 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16565 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
16566 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16567 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
16568 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16570 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16571 catch_fork_command_1
,
16573 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
16574 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
16575 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16576 catch_fork_command_1
,
16578 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
16579 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
16580 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16581 catch_exec_command_1
,
16585 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16586 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16587 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16588 catch_load_command_1
,
16592 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16593 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16594 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16595 catch_unload_command_1
,
16599 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16600 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16601 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16602 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16603 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16604 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16605 catch_syscall_command_1
,
16606 catch_syscall_completer
,
16610 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16611 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16612 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16613 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16614 an expression changes.\n\
16615 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16616 the memory to which it refers."));
16617 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16619 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16620 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16621 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16622 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16623 an expression is read.\n\
16624 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16625 the memory to which it refers."));
16626 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16628 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16629 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16630 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16631 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16632 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16633 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16634 the memory to which it refers."));
16635 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16637 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
16638 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16640 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16641 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16642 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16643 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16644 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16645 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16646 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16647 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16648 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16651 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16652 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16654 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16656 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16658 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16659 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16661 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16662 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16663 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16665 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16666 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16667 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16668 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16670 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16671 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16673 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16674 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16675 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16677 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16678 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16680 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16681 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16682 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16683 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16684 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16685 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16686 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16687 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16688 the selected stack frame.\n\
16689 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16690 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16691 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16692 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16694 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16696 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16697 conditions are different.\n\
16699 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16700 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16701 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16703 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
16704 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16705 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16706 last tracepoint set."));
16708 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16710 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16711 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16712 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16713 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16715 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
16717 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16718 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16719 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16720 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16722 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16724 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16725 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16726 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16727 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16729 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16731 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16732 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16733 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16734 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16735 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16737 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16738 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16739 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16740 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16742 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16743 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16744 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16745 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16746 session to restore them."),
16748 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16750 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16751 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16752 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16754 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16756 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16757 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16759 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16760 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16761 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16762 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16763 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16764 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16765 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16766 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16767 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16768 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16769 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16770 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16772 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16773 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16774 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16775 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16776 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16777 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16778 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16779 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16781 show_pending_break_support
,
16782 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16783 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16785 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16787 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16788 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16789 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16790 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16791 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16792 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16793 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16795 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16796 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16797 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16799 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16800 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16801 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16802 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16803 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
16804 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
16805 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
16806 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
16807 when execution stops."),
16809 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16810 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16811 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16813 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16814 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16815 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16816 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16817 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16818 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16819 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16820 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16821 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16822 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16823 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16824 be set to \"gdb\""),
16825 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16826 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16827 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16828 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16830 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16831 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16832 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16833 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16834 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16835 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16836 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16837 or the start of the range\n\
16838 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16839 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16840 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16842 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16843 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16844 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16846 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16847 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16848 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16849 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16850 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16851 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function."));
16852 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16854 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16855 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16856 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16857 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16858 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16859 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16860 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16861 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16862 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16863 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16864 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16865 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16867 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16868 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16869 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16870 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16871 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16872 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16873 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16875 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16876 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16877 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16878 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16879 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16880 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16881 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16883 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16884 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16885 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16886 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16887 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16888 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16891 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16893 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16894 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16895 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16897 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16899 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
16900 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);